SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10/A

AMENDMENT NO. 2
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

IMATION CORP.

(Formerly known as 3M Information Processing, Inc.)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           DELAWARE                                      41-1838504
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)


          1 IMATION PLACE
         OAKDALE, MINNESOTA                                     55128
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

                                 (612) 704-4000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

          TITLE OF EACH CLASS                      NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON
          TO BE SO REGISTERED               WHICH EACH CLASS IS TO BE REGISTERED
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share         New York Stock Exchange, Inc.;
                                            Chicago Stock Exchange, Incorporated
    Preferred Stock Purchase Rights            New York Stock Exchange, Inc.;
                                            Chicago Stock Exchange, Incorporated

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

IMATION CORP.
INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT
AND ITEMS OF FORM 10

ITEM NO.                    CAPTION                         LOCATION IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
Item 1.        Business .......................   SUMMARY; INTRODUCTION; THE DISTRIBUTION; SPECIAL
                                                  FACTORS; MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                                                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS;
                                                  BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY; HISTORICAL
                                                  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Item 2.        Financial Information ..........   SUMMARY; SPECIAL FACTORS; PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION;
                                                  PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; SELECTED HISTORICAL
                                                  FINANCIAL DATA; MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                                                  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS;
                                                  HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Item 3.        Properties .....................   BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY

Item 4.        Security Ownership of
               Certain Beneficial Owners
               and Management .................   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS;
                                                  BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

Item 5.        Directors and Executive
               Officers .......................   MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY; LIABILITY AND
                                                  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Item 6.        Executive Compensation .........   MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY; SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF
                                                  CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

Item 7.        Certain Relationships and
               Related Transactions ...........   SUMMARY; THE DISTRIBUTION; RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M
                                                  AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION; MANAGEMENT
                                                  OF THE COMPANY; CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND
                                                  TRANSACTIONS

Item 8.        Legal Proceedings ..............   BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY

Item 9.        Market Price of and Dividends on
               the Registrant's Common Equity
               and Related Stockholder
               Matters ........................   SUMMARY; THE DISTRIBUTION; SPECIAL FACTORS;
                                                  MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY; SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF
                                                  CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS; BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF
                                                  MANAGEMENT; DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK

Item 10.       Recent Sales of Unregistered
               Securities .....................   Not Applicable

Item 11.       Description of Registrant's
               Securities to be Registered ....   DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK; PURPOSES AND
                                                  EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
                                                  INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

Item 12.       Indemnification of Directors and
               Officers .......................   LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND
                                                  OFFICERS

Item 13.       Financial Statements and
               Supplementary Data .............   SUMMARY; PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; SELECTED
                                                  HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA; MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
                                                  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
                                                  OPERATIONS; HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Item 14.       Changes in and Disagreements ...   Not Applicable
               with Accountants on Accounting
               and Financial Disclosure

INFORMATION STATEMENT

IMATION CORP.

COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE

This Information Statement is being furnished in connection with the distribution (the "Distribution") by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company ("3M") to holders of record of 3M common stock at the close of business on June , 1996 (the "Record Date"), of one share of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of Imation Corp. (the "Company") for every ten shares of 3M common stock owned on the Record Date. The Distribution will result in 100% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company being distributed to holders of 3M common stock on a pro rata basis. The Distribution will be effective on July 1, 1996 (the "Distribution Date"). It is expected that certificates representing shares of Common Stock will be mailed to 3M stockholders on or about July 15, 1996.

The Company is a newly formed company which, as a result of transactions entered into in connection with the Distribution, will own substantially all of the businesses and assets of, and will be responsible for substantially all of the liabilities associated with, 3M's global data storage and imaging systems businesses, as more fully described herein (the "Transferred Businesses").

No consideration will be paid by 3M's stockholders for the shares of Common Stock. There is no current public trading market for the shares of Common Stock, although it is expected that a "when-issued" trading market will develop on or about the Record Date. The shares of Common Stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "IMN".

The Distribution is conditioned on receipt by 3M of a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or receipt of an opinion from 3M's counsel, regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Distribution. See "THE DISTRIBUTION -- Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

IN REVIEWING THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE MATTERS DESCRIBED UNDER THE CAPTION "SPECIAL FACTORS."

NO VOTE OF STOCKHOLDERS IS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS DISTRIBUTION. WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED

NOT TO SEND US A PROXY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF

THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The date of this Information Statement is ___, 1996.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                             PAGE
SUMMARY ...................................................................    1
THE COMPANY ...............................................................    3
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA ...........................    5
INTRODUCTION ..............................................................    7
THE DISTRIBUTION ..........................................................    8
  Reasons for the Distribution ............................................    8
  Opinion of Financial Advisor ............................................    8
  Manner of Effecting the Distribution ....................................   10
  Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences .................................   11
  Listing and Trading of the Common Stock .................................   11
SPECIAL FACTORS ...........................................................   12
  Absence of History as an Independent Company ............................   12
  Changing Industry Environment ...........................................   12
  Transition to Independent Public Company ................................   12
  Absence of 3M Financial Support .........................................   13
  Competition .............................................................   13
  International Operations ................................................   13
  Absence of Prior Trading Market for the Common Stock ....................   13
  Common Stock Dividend Policy ............................................   14
  Certain Anti-Takeover Effects ...........................................   14
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION ............   15
  Distribution Agreement ..................................................   15
  Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement ...............................   16
  Corporate Services Transition Agreement .................................   16
  Environmental Matters Agreement .........................................   16
  Intellectual Property Agreement .........................................   17
  Supply, Service, Contract Manufacturing and
   Sales Agency Agreements ................................................   18
  Shared Facility and Lease Agreements ....................................   18
FINANCING .................................................................   19
PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION ..................................................   20
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ............................................   21
NOTES TO PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ................................   23
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA ........................................   26
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ......................................   27
  General Overview ........................................................   27
  Strategic Reorganization ................................................   27
  Operating Results .......................................................   28
  Performance by Geographic Area ..........................................   31
  Financial Position ......................................................   32
  Liquidity ...............................................................   32
  Future Outlook ..........................................................   34
  Forward Looking Statements ..............................................   34
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY ....................................   35
  Overview ................................................................   35
  Industry Background .....................................................   36
  Business Strategy .......................................................   37
  Customer Applications ...................................................   39
  Competition .............................................................   41
  Distributor Channels ....................................................   41
  Raw Materials ...........................................................   41
  Research and Patents ....................................................   41
  Manufacturing ...........................................................   42
  Properties ..............................................................   42
  Employees ...............................................................   42
  Legal Proceedings .......................................................   43
  Environmental Matters ...................................................   43
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY .................................................   44
  Directors ...............................................................   44
  Committees of the Board of Directors ....................................   44
  Compensation of Directors ...............................................   45
  Directors Stock Compensation Program ....................................   45
  Executive Officers ......................................................   47
  Compensation of Executive Officers ......................................   49
  Stock Options Table .....................................................   50
  Option Exercises and Year-End Value Table ...............................   51
  Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards .........................................   51
  Transactions With Management ............................................   52
  Employment Agreement ....................................................   52
  Compensation Under Retirement Plans .....................................   52
  Company Pension Plan ....................................................   53
  Plans Encouraging Employee Stock Ownership ..............................   54
  Retirement Investment Plan ..............................................   54
  1996 Employee Stock Incentive Program ...................................   54
  Federal Tax Consequences ................................................   56
  New Plan Benefits .......................................................   57
TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEE OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK IN
 THE DISTRIBUTION .........................................................   58
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS ....................................   58
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS ...........................   58
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT ........................................   59
DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK ......................................   60
  Authorized Capital Stock ................................................   60
  Common Stock ............................................................   60
  Preferred Stock .........................................................   60
  No Preemptive Rights ....................................................   60
  Transfer Agent and Registrar ............................................   60
PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE
 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS .................................   60
  General .................................................................   60
  Classified Board of Directors ...........................................   60
  Special Meetings of Stockholders; Action by Written
   Consent; Advance Notice Provisions .....................................   61
  Stockholder Nominations .................................................   61
  Stockholder Proposals ...................................................   61
  Preferred Stock .........................................................   62
  Supermajority Provision .................................................   62
  Rights Agreement ........................................................   63
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS ...................   64
  General .................................................................   64
  Elimination of Liability in Certain Circumstances .......................   64
  Indemnification and Insurance ...........................................   64
INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ............................................   65
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ....................................................   65
INDEX TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ..................................   F-1
ANNEX A

SUMMARY

THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT. REFERENCE IS MADE TO, AND THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED BY, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT, WHICH SHOULD BE READ IN ITS ENTIRETY. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, (I) REFERENCES IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT TO 3M AND THE COMPANY SHALL INCLUDE 3M'S AND THE COMPANY'S RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES AND (II) REFERENCES IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT TO THE COMPANY PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION DATE SHALL REFER TO THE TRANSFERRED BUSINESSES AS OPERATED BY 3M.

DISTRIBUTING CORPORATION ......  Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, a
                                 Delaware corporation ("3M").

DISTRIBUTED CORPORATION .......  Imation Corp., a newly formed Delaware
                                 corporation (the "Company") which, as
                                 of the Distribution Date, will have transferred
                                 to it substantially all of the businesses and
                                 assets of, and will be responsible for
                                 substantially all of the liabilities associated
                                 with, 3M's global data storage and imaging
                                 systems businesses, as more fully described
                                 herein (the "Transferred Businesses").

PRINCIPAL BUSINESSES TO BE
 RETAINED BY 3M ...............  3M will retain its core businesses,
                                 consisting of all of its current businesses
                                 other than the Transferred Businesses (the
                                 "Core Businesses"). 3M has announced that its
                                 consumer audio and video tape business, which
                                 is not part of the Transferred Businesses, will
                                 be discontinued.

PRIMARY PURPOSE OF THE
 DISTRIBUTION .................  To separate the Transferred Businesses from the
                                 Core Businesses so that each can (i) adopt
                                 strategies and pursue objectives appropriate to
                                 its specific businesses and industries and
                                 thereby achieve, among other things, potential
                                 cost savings, (ii) implement more focused
                                 incentive compensation arrangements that are
                                 tied more directly to results of its operations
                                 and (iii) be recognized by the financial
                                 community as separate and distinct businesses.

SHARES TO BE DISTRIBUTED ......  Approximately 41,863,000
                                 shares of Common Stock, based on the shares of
                                 3M common stock outstanding on May 1, 1996. The
                                 shares to be distributed will constitute 100%
                                 of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of
                                 the Company on the Distribution Date.

DISTRIBUTION RATIO ............  Each 3M stockholder will receive one
                                 share of Common Stock of the Company for every
                                 ten shares of 3M common stock held on the
                                 Record Date.

FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS ....  Fractional share interests will
                                 be sold by the Distribution Agent and the cash
                                 proceeds distributed to those stockholders
                                 entitled to a fractional interest. See "THE
                                 DISTRIBUTION -- Manner of Effecting the
                                 Distribution."

LISTING AND TRADING
 MARKET .......................  The shares of Common Stock have been approved
                                 for listing on the New York Stock Exchange and
                                 the Chicago Stock Exchange, subject to official
                                 notice of issuance, under the symbol "IMN."

RECORD DATE ...................  Close of business on June , 1996.

DISTRIBUTION DATE .............  July 1, 1996. As of the Distribution Date,
                                 the transfer of substantially all of the assets
                                 and liabilities of the Transferred Businesses
                                 from 3M to the Company will become effective
                                 and the shares of Common Stock to be
                                 distributed will be delivered to the
                                 Distribution Agent for distribution to holders
                                 of 3M common stock.

1

MAILING DATE ..................  Certificates representing the shares of
                                 Common Stock will be mailed to 3M stockholders
                                 on or about July 15, 1996.

DISTRIBUTION AGENT ............  Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "Distribution
                                 Agent").

TAX CONSEQUENCES ..............  The Distribution is expected to qualify as a
                                 tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the
                                 Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
                                 "Code"). See "THE DISTRIBUTION -- Certain
                                 Federal Income Tax Consequences."

DIVIDEND POLICY ...............  The payment and amount of cash dividends on the
                                 Common Stock after the Distribution will be at
                                 the discretion of the Company's Board of
                                 Directors. The Company's dividend policy will
                                 be reviewed by the Company's Board of Directors
                                 at such future times as may be appropriate, and
                                 payment of dividends will depend upon the
                                 Company's financial position, capital
                                 requirements and such other factors as the
                                 Company's Board of Directors deems relevant.

RELATIONSHIP WITH 3M AFTER THE
 DISTRIBUTION .................  Following the Distribution, 3M and the Company
                                 will be operated as independent public
                                 companies. 3M and the Company will, however,
                                 continue to have a relationship as a result of
                                 the agreements being entered into between 3M
                                 and the Company in connection with the
                                 Distribution, including the Distribution
                                 Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
                                 Agreement, the Corporate Services Transition
                                 Agreement, the Environmental Matters Agreement,
                                 the Intellectual Property Agreement, the Supply
                                 Agreements and other miscellaneous agreements.
                                 Except as referred to above or as otherwise
                                 described herein, 3M and the Company will cease
                                 to have any material contractual or other
                                 material relationships with each other. See
                                 "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER
                                 THE DISTRIBUTION," "FINANCING," "PRO FORMA
                                 CAPITALIZATION" and "MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
                                 -- Directors."

SPECIAL FACTORS ...............  Stockholders should carefully consider
                                 the matters discussed under the section
                                 entitled "SPECIAL FACTORS" in this Information
                                 Statement.

2

THE COMPANY

The Company is a leader in developing, manufacturing and marketing a wide variety of products and services worldwide for data storage and imaging applications within the information processing industry. The Company's products, which number in excess of 10,000, are used to capture, process, store, reproduce and distribute information and images in a wide range of information-intensive markets, including enterprise computing, network servers, personal computing, graphic arts, photographic imaging, medical imaging, and commercial and consumer markets. See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY."

The breadth of the Company's product lines, the Company's worldwide leadership position in a number of product classes and its global distribution network serve to differentiate the Company from its competitors. In 1995, the Company had revenues of $2.2 billion, with approximately half of its revenues derived internationally. The Company's major products, classified by customer application, are shown below and are described in more detail under "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Customer Applications.".

 INFORMATION PROCESSING,
MANAGEMENT AND                      INFORMATION PRINTING                   MEDICAL AND PHOTO IMAGING
STORAGE APPLICATIONS                             APPLICATIONS              APPLICATIONS
*  Computer diskettes               *  Conventional color proofing         *  Laser imaging products
*  Data cartridges and Travan(tm)   *  Digital color proofing              *  Laser imagers
   cartridges
*  Computer tapes                   *  Printing plates                     *  X-ray film
*  Rewritable optical media         *  Image setting and graphic arts      *  "Dry" imaging products
                                       products
*  CD ROM replication services      *  Carbonless paper products           *  Film processors
                                                                           *  Photographic film products

INFORMATION PROCESSOR SERVICE APPLICATIONS

* Technical field service support for equipment
* Customer service, documentation and training for equipment
* Engineering and office document systems

As part of 3M, the Transferred Businesses have developed leadership positions in a number of markets serving the information processing industry, which the Company believes can serve as platforms for future growth. For example, the Company:

* is the world's largest supplier of branded removable magnetic and optical media (see "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Customer Applications -- Information Processing, Management and Storage Applications");

* is one of the world's largest suppliers of color proofing systems to the graphic arts industry, with a number of its Matchprint(tm) and Rainbow products serving as industry standards (see "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Customer Applications -- Information and Printing Applications");

* was the first to develop the new, widely-used laser imager for medical imaging applications, with an installed base of over 7000 imagers (see "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Customer Applications -- Medical and Photo Imaging Applications");

* is one of the world's largest suppliers of private label film for the amateur photography market (see "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Customer Applications"); and

* introduced in 1995 and expects to introduce in 1996 several innovative products with significant market potential, including the Travan(tm) high capacity data storage tape cartridges, the new family of Rainbow proofing systems, a new line of DryView(tm) imagers, medical imaging delivery systems developed under an alliance with Cemax/Icon and Hewlett-Packard, and a 120 MB 3.5 inch diskette, the LS-120 diskette, which has been developed with Compaq Computer Corporation and Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd. ("MKE") (See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Customer Applications").

3

STRATEGY

Following the Distribution, the Company intends to utilize its research and development capabilities, its solid technology platforms, its well established product lines, and its strong customer relationships to enhance its position as a leader in the information processing industry, providing innovative, cost-effective system solutions to its customers' information processing needs. To achieve its objectives, the Company intends to focus on the following elements:

* REFINING PRODUCT PORTFOLIO -- The Company will make adjustments to its product portfolio when appropriate to ensure that all of its resources are focused on the Company's objective of consistent, profitable growth.

* STREAMLINING OPERATIONS AND REDUCING COSTS -- The Company is in the process of reducing employment levels and consolidating manufacturing operations. In addition, the Company intends to continue its efforts to streamline its management structure, consolidate administrative functions and facilitate communications among various parts of the organization so as to enable the Company to respond quickly to the rapidly changing needs of its customers.

* EXPANDING CUSTOMER FOCUS -- The Company will strive to provide more timely solutions tailored to each of its potential and existing customers' needs.

* IMPROVING CASH FLOWS -- The Company continues to take steps to improve cash flows, including instilling in its employees a strong focus on cash management and re-engineering business processes.

* EXPANDING INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS -- The Company intends over the next several years to take advantage of opportunities for growth by expanding its international penetration in higher growth regions of the world.

* CAPITALIZING ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGIES TO PROVIDE CUSTOMER SOLUTIONS -- The Company will continue to focus significant efforts on the development of new products utilizing its core technologies so as to improve profit margins and enhance the Company's position as a leading supplier of products, services and systems to the information processing industry.

* ENCOURAGING EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP -- The Company intends to encourage and increase employee stock ownership as an additional incentive toward consistent, profitable growth.

In late 1995, in connection with its plan to distribute the Company to its stockholders, 3M recognized a loss on disposal which included pre-tax charges of $340 million related to the adoption of a reorganization plan to rationalize the Company's manufacturing operations, streamline its organizational structure and write off impaired assets.

The Company believes its continued leadership in developing new data storage technologies, strong position in high quality color proofing for the printing industry and strong history of leadership in medical imaging for the health care industry, together with the benefits of its reorganization plan and business strategy, should help position the Company to realize future growth and profitability. See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Business Strategy."

The Company's headquarters are located at 1 Imation Place, Oakdale, Minnesota 55128.

4

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA
FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary historical and pro forma financial data of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Company's historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The following summary historical financial information relates to the Transferred Businesses as they were operated as part of 3M and is derived from the historical financial statements of the Company. They also include an allocation of certain general corporate expenses of 3M which were not directly related to these businesses.

The summary pro forma financial data make adjustments to the historical balance sheet at March 31, 1996 and the historical statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995 as if the Distribution had occurred on March 31, 1996 for purposes of the pro forma balance sheet and January 1, 1995 for purposes of the pro forma statements of operations. The selected historical financial data that relate to the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 have been derived from the financial statements audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants. The historical and pro forma financial statements of the Company may not reflect the results of operations or financial position that would have been obtained had the Company been a separate, independent company during such periods.

5

IMATION CORP.
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
(Dollars in millions)

                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED                YEARS ENDED
                                                    MARCH 31,                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                 1996*       1995       1995**        1994         1993
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
  Net revenues                                 $  576.1     $576.7     $2,245.6     $2,280.5     $2,307.8
  Gross profit                                    202.3      212.5        724.7        838.5        886.2
  Selling, general and administrative
   expense                                        130.7      137.9        539.4        531.5        529.0
  Research and development                         47.9       56.4        222.4        211.2        216.7
  Operating income (loss)                          13.3       18.2       (148.9)        95.8        140.5
  Income (loss) before taxes and minority
   interest                                        10.1       13.0       (166.8)        81.3        127.4
  Net income (loss)                                 6.1        7.5        (85.0)        54.3         75.3
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS OF END OF PERIOD)
  Total working capital                           633.4                   658.4        714.0
  Property, plant and equipment -- net            503.9                   513.2        654.9
  Total assets                                  1,520.0                 1,541.5      1,671.7
  Total liabilities                               398.3                   392.8        371.1
  Total equity                                  1,121.7                 1,148.7      1,300.0
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA
  Net cash provided by operating activities        69.7       29.5        256.8        170.1        229.2
  Net cash (used) in investing activities         (40.1)     (46.9)      (187.5)      (179.7)      (210.2)
  Net cash (paid to) received from 3M             (27.0)      13.4        (72.9)        18.5        (13.1)
  Depreciation                                     48.5       49.1        189.5        185.9        184.4

SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
(Dollars in millions except per share data)

                                                     THREE MONTHS          YEAR ENDED
                                                         ENDED            DECEMBER 31,
                                                    MARCH 31, 1996*          1995**
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
  Net revenues                                         $  576.1             $2,245.6
  Gross profit                                            202.3                724.7
  Selling, general and administrative expense             130.7                539.4
  Research and development                                 47.9                222.4
  Operating income (loss)                                  13.3               (148.9)
  Income (loss) before taxes and minority
   interest                                                 9.7               (168.3)
  Net income (loss)                                         5.6                (97.4)
  Net income (loss) per share                              0.13                (2.32)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS OF END OF PERIOD)
  Total working capital                                   738.0
  Property, plant and equipment -- net                    503.9
  Total assets                                          1,587.3
  Total debt                                              280.0
  Total liabilities                                       648.7
  Total equity                                            938.6

* Restructuring charges reduced results for the three months ended March 31, 1996 by $10.4 million before taxes and minority interest and $6.1 million after taxes and minority interest. Net income for the three months ended March 31, 1996 excluding these charges would have been $12.2 million on a historical basis and $11.7 million on a pro forma basis. These charges related to costs for certain employee separation programs.

**Restructuring charges and asset write-offs reduced 1995 results by $166.3 million before taxes and minority interest and $88.3 million ($97.8 million on a pro forma basis) after taxes and minority interest. 1995 net income excluding these charges would have been $3.3 million on a historical basis and $0.4 million on a pro forma basis. The majority of these charges related to the write down of property, plant and equipment.

6

INTRODUCTION

On June __, 1996, the Board of Directors of 3M declared a dividend payable to holders of record of 3M's common stock at the close of business on the Record Date of one share of Common Stock of the Company for every ten shares of 3M common stock held on the Record Date. The Distribution will be effective on July 1, 1996. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the Company will be mailed to 3M stockholders on or about July 1, 1996. As a result of the Distribution, 100% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company will be distributed to 3M stockholders.

The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting the Distribution. On or before the Distribution Date, 3M will transfer to the Company substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the Transferred Businesses. Prior to the Distribution, 3M operated the Transferred Businesses as part of its Information, Imaging and Electronics Sector.

Stockholders of 3M with inquiries relating to the Distribution prior to the Distribution Date should contact Investor Relations at Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, 3M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota 55144. 3M's telephone number is (612) 733-8704. After the Distribution Date, stockholders of the Company with inquiries relating to the Distribution or their investment in the Company should contact Investor Relations at the Company, 1 Imation Place, Oakdale, Minnesota 55128. The Company's telephone number is (612) 704-5818.

7

THE DISTRIBUTION

REASONS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION

3M's Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best interests of 3M and the Company to undertake the Distribution, thereby separating the Transferred Businesses from 3M, for the reasons described herein.

The Distribution is designed to establish the Transferred Businesses as a stand alone independent company which can adopt strategies and pursue objectives appropriate to its specific businesses. The industry in which the Transferred Businesses operate is extremely competitive and is generally characterized by rapid technological change and declining prices.

In this highly competitive industry, the Company must operate with a reduced cost structure, broad distribution channels, a streamlined supply chain and fast paced decision-making. As an independent company, the Company's management should be better able to organize the Company in a manner more appropriate to the markets in which it competes. As a result, the Distribution should enhance the Company's position as an effective competitor, and the Company should be better able to capitalize quickly on changes in the rapidly expanding information processing industry.

The Distribution is also designed to allow the Company to establish its own employee stock ownership plan and other equity-based compensation plans so that there will be a more direct alignment between the performance of the Transferred Businesses and the compensation of employees of the Transferred Businesses, which, among other things, is intended to strengthen and support the Company's ability to achieve cost savings, greater efficiencies and sales growth. Prior to 1996, management of the Transferred Businesses received 3M stock options and until the Distribution Date, employees may participate in a company-wide employee stock ownership plan holding 3M common stock. Following the Distribution, employees of the Company will participate in an employee stock ownership plan holding Common Stock of the Company and receive equity-based incentives which will be more closely aligned with the financial results of the Company, thereby linking each employee's financial success more directly to the financial success of the Company. See "MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY -- Retirement Investment Plan," and "-- 1996 Employee Stock Incentive Program."

3M believes that the separation of the information and imaging businesses from its life sciences, industrial and consumer businesses will cause the two entities to be recognized by the financial community as distinct businesses with different investment risk and return profiles. As a result of the Distribution, 3M should develop its following in the financial community primarily as a global manufacturer and marketer of products for the life sciences and industrial and consumer markets while the Company should develop its following primarily as a company serving the global information processing industry. In this regard, investors will be better able to evaluate the merits and future prospects of the businesses of 3M and the Company, enhancing the likelihood that each will achieve appropriate market recognition for its performance and potential. In addition, current stockholders and potential investors will be able to direct their investments to their specific areas of interest. Also, the Distribution will enable the Company, as and when appropriate, to engage in strategic acquisitions using its own capital stock.

For the reasons stated above, the 3M Board of Directors believes that the Distribution is in the best interest of 3M. In reaching its conclusions, the 3M Board of Directors also considered the opinion of 3M's financial advisor, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated ("Morgan Stanley"), which is described below, to the effect that the Distribution is fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of shares of 3M common stock.

OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR

3M retained Morgan Stanley to act as 3M's financial advisor in connection with the Distribution and related matters based upon Morgan Stanley's experience and expertise. Morgan Stanley rendered a written opinion to the Board of Directors of 3M that, as of the date of this Information Statement and subject to the considerations set forth in such opinion, the proposed Distribution is fair from a financial point of view to the holders of shares of 3M common stock.

8

THE FULL TEXT OF MORGAN STANLEY'S WRITTEN OPINION DATED _________________, 1996, WHICH SETS FORTH THE ASSUMPTIONS MADE, MATTERS CONSIDERED AND LIMITATIONS ON THE REVIEW UNDERTAKEN, IS ATTACHED AS ANNEX A TO THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT AND IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO, AND SHOULD, READ THE MORGAN STANLEY OPINION CAREFULLY AND IN ITS ENTIRETY. THE MORGAN STANLEY OPINION IS DIRECTED TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF 3M AND CONCERNS THE FAIRNESS OF THE PROPOSED DISTRIBUTION FROM A FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEW TO THE HOLDERS OF SHARES OF 3M COMMON STOCK, AND IT DOES NOT ADDRESS ANY OTHER ASPECT OF THE DISTRIBUTION. THE SUMMARY OF THE MORGAN STANLEY OPINION SET FORTH IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF SUCH OPINION.

In arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley (i) analyzed certain publicly available financial statements and other information relating to 3M and the Company, including this Information Statement; (ii) analyzed certain internal historical financial statements and other historical financial operating data concerning 3M and the Company prepared by their respective managements; (iii) analyzed certain financial projections prepared by the respective managements of 3M and the Company; (iv) compared the financial performance of the Company with that of certain other companies with publicly traded securities which were deemed to be comparable to the Company and its respective business units; (v) compared the financial performance of 3M (both with and without the Transferred Businesses) with that of certain other companies with publicly traded securities which were deemed to be comparable to 3M (both with and without the Transferred Businesses), respectively; (vi) discussed past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of 3M with senior executives of 3M and the Company with senior executives of the Company; (vii) participated in discussions among representatives of 3M and the Company and their legal advisors; and (viii) performed such other analyses as were deemed appropriate.

In rendering its opinion, Morgan Stanley assumed and relied upon, without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of the information reviewed by Morgan Stanley for the purposes of its opinion. With respect to the financial budgets and forecasts, Morgan Stanley assumed that they have been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the future financial performance of 3M and the Company. Morgan Stanley did not make any independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of 3M or the Company, nor has Morgan Stanley been furnished with any such appraisals.

Morgan Stanley further assumed that, prior to the Distribution, 3M will receive a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of nationally recognized counsel to the effect that the Distribution will not be a taxable transaction to the shareholders of 3M under federal income tax laws (except to the extent of any cash distributed in lieu of fractional shares of the Company). Morgan Stanley further assumed the correctness of the conclusions set forth in such opinion or ruling, as applicable. Morgan Stanley also assumed that the Distribution will comply with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and applicable regulations, except for any noncompliance with such applicable laws and regulations that would not have a material adverse effect on 3M or the Company. In rendering its opinion, Morgan Stanley, with 3M's consent, did not consider the effect of any terms or arrangements relating to the Distribution, including the terms of any distribution, tax or other agreement or arrangement, or any amendment or modification to any existing such agreement or arrangement.

Morgan Stanley's opinion was rendered on the basis of securities markets, economic and general business and financial conditions prevailing as of the date of its opinion and the conditions and prospects, financial and otherwise, of 3M and the Company as they were represented to Morgan Stanley as of the date of its opinion or as they were reflected in the information and documents reviewed by Morgan Stanley. Morgan Stanley's opinion assumes that the Distribution will be completed substantially on the basis set out in the Information Statement and that the shares of 3M and the Company will be fully and widely distributed among investors and are subject only to normal trading activity. The estimation of market trading prices of newly distributed securities is subject to uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict and beyond the control of the firm making such estimates.

In addition, Morgan Stanley noted that the market price of such securities will fluctuate with changes in market conditions, the conditions and prospects, financial and otherwise, of 3M and the

9

Company, and other factors which generally influence the prices of securities. In rendering its opinion, Morgan Stanley did not opine as to the price at which the common stock of 3M or the Company will trade after the Distribution is effected.

As financial advisor to 3M in connection with the Distribution, Morgan Stanley has been paid an advisory fee of approximately $300,000 which compensated Morgan Stanley for the time and efforts expended in rendering advice in connection with the Distribution and, upon consummation of the Distribution, Morgan Stanley will be paid a transaction fee, against which all or a portion of any advisory fee will be credited. The transaction fee, which shall not exceed $5,500,000, will be determined based on a percentage of the market value of the equity of the Company on the Distribution Date plus any debt assumed or incurred by the Company (the "Aggregate Value"). For example, for an Aggregate Value of $500 million, Morgan Stanley's fee would be 0.7% or $3.5 million; for an Aggregate Value of $1 billion, Morgan Stanley's fee would be 0.45% or $4.5 million; and for an Aggregate Value in excess of approximately $1.25 billion, Morgan Stanley's fee would be capped at $5.5 million. 3M has agreed to reimburse Morgan Stanley for its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its services as financial advisor. 3M has also agreed, in a separate letter agreement, to indemnify Morgan Stanley and its affiliates, their respective directors, officers, agents and employees and each person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of its affiliates against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the federal securities laws, and expenses related to Morgan Stanley's engagement.

Morgan Stanley was selected by the 3M Board to act as 3M's financial advisor based upon Morgan Stanley's qualifications, expertise and reputation. Morgan Stanley is a nationally recognized investment banking firm and is regularly engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings and private placements.

Morgan Stanley and its affiliates may in the future act as underwriters for, or participate as members of underwriting syndicates with respect to, offerings of 3M securities, and Morgan Stanley may effect securities transactions for 3M or perform financial advisory services in connection with certain acquisitions and dispositions by 3M. In the past, Morgan Stanley and its affiliates have provided investment banking and financing services for 3M and have received fees for the rendering of such services. In addition, in the ordinary course of its business, Morgan Stanley actively trades the equity securities of 3M and may actively trade the securities of the Company following the consummation of the Distribution, for its own account and for the accounts of others. Accordingly, Morgan Stanley may at any time hold a long or short position in the securities of 3M or the Company.

MANNER OF EFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION

The general terms and conditions relating to the Distribution are set forth in a Transfer and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June __, 1996 (the "Distribution Agreement"), between 3M and the Company.

3M will effect the Distribution on the Distribution Date by delivering all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company to the Distribution Agent for distribution to the holders of record of 3M common stock on the Record Date (other than the holders of a limited number of shares of restricted common stock of 3M, who, pursuant to the terms of the 3M Management Stock Ownership Program as implemented by 3M's Compensation Committee, will receive additional shares of restricted 3M Common Stock with a value equal to the value of the Common Stock which would have been received by such holders in the Distribution). The Distribution will be made on the basis of one share of Common Stock for every ten shares of 3M common stock held on the Record Date. The actual total number of shares of Common Stock to be distributed will depend on the number of shares of 3M common stock outstanding on the Record Date (other than shares of restricted stock). Based upon the shares of 3M common stock outstanding on May 1, 1996, approximately 41,863,000 shares of Common Stock would be distributed to 3M stockholders. The shares of Common Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable and the holders thereof will not be entitled to preemptive rights. See "DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK." Certificates representing shares of Common Stock will be mailed to 3M stockholders on or about July 15, 1996.

No holder of 3M common stock will be required to pay any cash or other consideration for the shares of Common Stock received in the Distribution or to surrender or exchange shares of 3M common stock in order to receive shares of Common Stock.

10

No certificates or scrip representing fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued to 3M stockholders as part of the Distribution. The Distribution Agent will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares and sell them in the open market at then prevailing prices on behalf of holders who otherwise would be entitled to receive fractional share interests, and such persons will receive instead a cash payment in the amount of their pro rata shares of the total sale proceeds (net of any commissions incurred in connection with such sales). Such sales are expected to be made on, or as soon as practicable after, the Distribution Date.

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

3M has requested a private letter ruling (the "Private Letter Ruling") from the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") substantially to the effect that, among other things, the Distribution will qualify as a tax-free spin-off to 3M and its stockholders under Section 355 of the Code. 3M will not complete the Distribution unless it receives the Private Letter Ruling or an opinion from its counsel, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, based on certain representations and assumptions, to the same effect. The following is a summary of the material federal income tax consequences to 3M stockholders expected to result from the Distribution:

1. A 3M stockholder will not recognize any income, gain or loss as a result of the Distribution, except, as described below, in connection with cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock.

2. A 3M stockholder will apportion his tax basis for his 3M common stock on which Common Stock is distributed between his 3M common stock and the Common Stock received in the Distribution (including any fractional shares of Common Stock deemed received) in proportion to the relative fair market values of such 3M common stock and Common Stock on the Distribution Date.

3. A 3M stockholder's holding period for the Common Stock received in the Distribution will include the period during which such stockholder held the 3M common stock on which the Common Stock is distributed, provided that such 3M common stock is held as a capital asset by such stockholder as of the Distribution Date.

4. A 3M stockholder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock as a result of the sale of such shares by the Distribution Agent will be treated as if such fractional share had been received by the stockholder as part of the Distribution and then sold by such stockholder. Accordingly, such stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash so received and the portion of the tax basis in the Common Stock that is allocable to such fractional share. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, provided that such fractional share was held by such stockholder as a capital asset at the time of the Distribution.

Current Treasury regulations require each 3M stockholder who receives Common Stock pursuant to the Distribution to attach to his federal income tax return for the year in which the Distribution occurs a detailed statement setting forth such data as may be appropriate in order to show the applicability of Section 355 of the Code to the Distribution. 3M will convey the appropriate information to each stockholder of record as of the Record Date.

The summary of federal income tax consequences set forth above is for general information only and may not be applicable to stockholders who received their shares of 3M common stock through the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation or who are not citizens or residents of the United States or who are otherwise subject to special treatment under the Code. All stockholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences of the Distribution to them, including the applicability and effect of state, local and foreign tax laws.

LISTING AND TRADING OF THE COMMON STOCK

The shares of Common Stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE") and the Chicago Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, and will trade under the symbol "IMN." Initially the Company is expected to have approximately 106,000 holders of record, based on the number of stockholders of record of 3M on May 1, 1996.

11

A "when-issued" trading market is expected to develop on or about the Record Date. The term "when-issued" means that shares can be traded prior to the time certificates are actually available or issued. Prices at which the shares of Common Stock may trade, on a "when-issued" basis or after the Distribution, cannot be predicted. See "SPECIAL FACTORS -- Absence of Prior Trading Market for the Common Stock."

The shares of Common Stock distributed to 3M stockholders will be freely transferable, except for shares of Common Stock received by persons who may be deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of the Company after the Distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with the Company and may include the directors and principal executive officers of the Company as well as any principal stockholder of the Company. Persons who are affiliates of the Company will be permitted to sell their shares of Common Stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 144 thereunder.

SPECIAL FACTORS

ABSENCE OF HISTORY AS AN INDEPENDENT COMPANY

The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting the Distribution and does not have an operating history as an independent company. Accordingly, the financial statements included herein may not necessarily reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Transferred Businesses had the Company been operated independently during the periods presented. In addition, the financial information does not reflect many changes that will occur in the operations of the Company as a result of the Company's strategic reorganization (See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Strategic Reorganization") and future business strategies (See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Business Strategy"). The Company believes that these changes, when implemented, will have a meaningful positive impact on the results of operations of the Company. However, there can be no assurance as to the timing or amount of any positive impact which may be realized.

CHANGING INDUSTRY ENVIRONMENT

The information processing industry involves the creation, capture, manipulation, storage, production and distribution of information. As there is a greatly expanding need to manage and store more complex information in less time, with less resources and with greater accuracy, there is an increasing emphasis in the marketplace on products using digital technology (See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Industry Background").

While the Company has a number of successful digital products, the long-term profitability of the Company will depend, in part, on the Company's ability to anticipate the growing uses of digital technologies. The Company believes that its leadership positions in a number of markets, its proprietary technologies and its commitment to the development of innovative solution-based products are factors which will contribute to the Company's ability to be successful. The Company recognizes, however, that there are many factors beyond its control and that no assurances can be given as to the Company's ability to anticipate and satisfy the needs of this evolving marketplace.

TRANSITION TO INDEPENDENT PUBLIC COMPANY

Prior to the Distribution, the Transferred Businesses had the benefit of certain 3M trademarks and 3M's reputation in marketing their products. Pursuant to agreements being entered into with 3M, the Company will continue to have the use of certain 3M trademarks for an agreed upon period of time following the Distribution. One of the challenges facing the Company will be to develop a name and identity for itself independent of 3M. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in this regard or that the loss of use of 3M trademarks might not have an adverse effect on the business of the Company.

12

Prior to the Distribution, a number of services have been provided to the Company by 3M. For a transition period following the Distribution, 3M will continue to provide such services to the Company. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION." However, during and after this transitional period the Company will need to develop its own services and support systems independent of 3M.

ABSENCE OF 3M FINANCIAL SUPPORT

Prior to the Distribution, the Transferred Businesses participated in 3M's centralized funding and cash and foreign currency management. The capital requirements of the Transferred Businesses in excess of their internally generated funds were provided by 3M. 3M, and not the Transferred Businesses, was responsible for obtaining any external financing required by the Transferred Businesses. Although in the years 1993 and 1995, the Company provided cash to 3M in excess of amounts required for capital expenditures and operating requirements in the amounts of $13.1 million and $72.9 million respectively, in 1994, 3M provided financial support in the amount of $18.5 million to the Company. See "HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Historical Statements of Cash Flows." This financial support will not be available to the Company following the Distribution and the Company will be responsible for obtaining its own financing and may experience a higher cost of capital. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION," "FINANCING" and "SPECIAL FACTORS --
Transition to Independent Public Company."

COMPETITION

The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. The Company's competitors are both larger and smaller than the Company in terms of resources and market shares. The marketplaces in which the Company operates are generally characterized by strong unit growth, rapid technological change, evolution to digital business solutions, and declining prices. In these highly competitive markets, the Company must compete on the basis of understanding customer needs, lower costs, introduction of new products and strong digital technology. Although the Company believes that it can take the necessary steps to meet the competitive challenges of these marketplaces, no assurance can be given with regard to the Company's ability to take these steps, the actions of competitors, some of which will have greater resources than the Company, or the pace of technological changes. See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Competition."

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

The Company does business in approximately 60 countries outside of the United States, most significantly Italy, the United Kingdom, France and Germany. International operations, which comprised approximately 50% of the Company's revenues in 1995, may be subject to various risks which are not present in domestic operations, including political instability, the possibility of expropriation, restrictions on royalties, dividends and currency remittances, volatility of exchange rates of foreign currencies, local government involvement required for operational changes within the Company, requirements for governmental approvals for new ventures and local participation in operations such as local equity ownership and workers' councils.

ABSENCE OF PRIOR TRADING MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

There has not been any established public market for the trading of the Company's Common Stock, although it is expected that a "when-issued" trading market will develop on or about the Record Date. The shares of Common Stock have been approved for listing on the NYSE and the Chicago Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance. However, there can be no assurance as to the prices at which the Common Stock will trade before or after the Distribution Date. Until the Common Stock is fully distributed and an orderly market develops, the prices at which shares trade may fluctuate significantly. Prices for shares of Common Stock will be determined in the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market for the shares, investor perception of the Company and the industry in which the Company participates and general economic and market conditions.

13

COMMON STOCK DIVIDEND POLICY

The payment and amount of cash dividends on the Common Stock after the Distribution will be subject to the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors. The Company's dividend policy will be reviewed by the Company's Board of Directors at such future times as may be appropriate, and payment of dividends on the Company's Common Stock will depend upon the Company's financial position, capital requirements, profitability and such other factors as the Company's Board of Directors deems relevant.

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS

Certain provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") and By-Laws (the "By-Laws"), including provisions classifying the board of directors, prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, governing business transactions with certain stockholders and requiring advance notice for nomination of directors and stockholder proposals, may inhibit changes in control of the Company not approved by the Company's Board of Directors. In addition, preferred stock purchase rights which will attach to the Common Stock would have similar effects. See "PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS -- Rights Agreement." Such Certificate of Incorporation and By-law provisions and preferred stock purchase rights could diminish the opportunities for a stockholder to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current market value of the Common Stock, and may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of the Common Stock that could result from takeover attempts. See "PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS." In addition, the Company's Board of Directors, without further stockholder approval, may issue preferred stock that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the Company. The issuance of preferred stock could also adversely affect the voting power of the holders of the Common Stock, including the loss of voting control to others. The Company has no present plans to issue any preferred stock. See "DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK -- Preferred Stock." Certain agreements pursuant to which 3M is transferring to the Company rights with respect to certain patents, trademarks, know-how and other intellectual property provide that 3M may terminate some or all of such rights in the event that control of the Company is acquired by an entity which may result in substantially enhanced competition to a significant business of 3M. As a result, these provisions may inhibit a change in control of the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that the loss of such intellectual property rights following a change of control would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business. Such agreements, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and the preferred stock rights may have the effect of discouraging or preventing an acquisition of the Company or a disposition of certain of the Company's businesses.

14

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY
AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION

For purposes of an orderly transfer on the Distribution Date of the Transferred Businesses to the Company and an orderly transition to the status of two separate independent companies, 3M and the Company have entered or will enter into various agreements and relationships, including those described in this section. These agreements are generally intended to be on an arms-length basis. The forms of agreements summarized in this section are included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Information Statement forms a part, and the following summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements as filed.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

3M and the Company have entered into the Distribution Agreement, which provides for, among other things, the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Distribution, the transfer to the Company of the Transferred Businesses, the division between 3M and the Company of certain liabilities and certain other agreements governing the relationship between 3M and the Company following the Distribution.

The Distribution Agreement generally provides for the transfer by 3M to the Company or Imation Enterprises Corp. ("Enterprises"), which will be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company immediately following the Distribution, of the assets used in the Transferred Businesses on an "as is and where is" basis, and for the assumption by the Company or Enterprises of substantially all of the liabilities relating to the Transferred Businesses. In particular, approximately one-half of the domestic manufacturing operations of the Transferred Businesses, as well as research and development, administrative and corporate staff functions and the capital stock of Enterprises and certain foreign subsidiaries of 3M, will be transferred to the Company together with substantially all assets and liabilities associated therewith. The remaining manufacturing operations and all marketing, field logistical and service operations will be transferred to Enterprises, together with primarily all assets and liabilities related to such operations. Substantially all the assets of the Transferred Businesses will be transferred to the Company as a contribution to capital, except for certain assets related to non-U.S. operations which will be purchased by the Company. The assets relating to non-U.S. operations will generally be transferred to subsidiaries of the Company around the world, either as a contribution to capital or through a sale of assets at book value. Generally, such subsidiaries will carry on the sales, service and marketing functions of the Transferred Businesses outside the United States, except that manufacturing operations will be conducted by the Company's subsidiaries in Italy and Argentina. In addition, in most countries outside the U.S., trade accounts receivable and accounts payable will be retained by 3M and 3M will pay to the Company following the Distribution an amount corresponding to the amount by which such receivables exceed such payables. See "PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS."

The Distribution Agreement provides that in the event that it is not feasible to effect the transfers of non-U.S. operations on or prior to the Distribution Date in any particular country, 3M and the Company will continue, following the Distribution Date, their respective efforts to have such transfers and payments effected as promptly as practicable following the Distribution Date or, if the Company and 3M determine that such transfers are not capable of being effected on a timely basis, enter into such other arrangements as are mutually agreed upon which are intended to enable the Company to operate in such country on a basis similar to that being conducted by 3M with respect to the Transferred Businesses. Pending consummation of any such transfers, the Company and 3M shall enter into such arrangements as may be necessary to enable 3M to continue to conduct the Transferred Businesses. Following completion of each such transfer, either 3M shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the net profits realized after the Distribution Date with respect to these operations or the Company shall pay to 3M an amount equal to any net losses incurred by 3M after the Distribution Date with respect to these operations, as the case may be.

The Distribution Agreement also contains certain provisions relating to employee compensation, benefits and labor matters and the treatment of options to purchase and awards with respect to 3M common stock held by employees of 3M who are becoming employees of the Company. Among other

15

things, these provisions apply to the discharge by the Company of liabilities and obligations relating to employees of the Transferred Businesses.

The Distribution Agreement further provides that 3M and the Company shall each be granted access to certain records and information in the possession of the other, and requires the retention by each of 3M and the Company following the Distribution Date of all such information in its possession in accordance with existing document retention policies.

The Distribution Agreement provides that, except as otherwise set forth therein or in any related agreement, 3M and the Company will pay their own costs and expenses in connection with the Distribution.

TAX SHARING AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

3M and the Company have entered into a Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement (the "Tax Sharing Agreement"), providing for their respective obligations concerning various tax liabilities. The Tax Sharing Agreement provides that 3M shall pay, and indemnify the Company if necessary, with respect to all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes relating to the Transferred Businesses for any taxable period ending on or before the Distribution Date except those incurred by any foreign subsidiary of the Company. 3M has also agreed to pay all other taxes (other than those which are imposed solely on the Company) the liability for which arises on or prior to the Distribution Date or are attributable to periods up to the Distribution Date, except any tax liability arising out of the failure of the Distribution or any of the transactions related to it to qualify as tax free as a result of any action taken by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Tax Sharing Agreement further provides for cooperation with respect to certain tax matters, the exchange of information and the retention of records which may affect the income tax liability of either party.

CORPORATE SERVICES TRANSITION AGREEMENT

3M and the Company have entered into a Corporate Services Transition Agreement (the "Corporate Services Agreement") pursuant to which 3M has agreed to provide to the Company certain services, including engineering and environmental services, logistics and information technology services, financial services, human resources administration services and tax, insurance, treasury, and employee benefits administration, which 3M historically has provided to the Transferred Businesses. The length of time that 3M will provide such services and the amount that the Company will pay for such services varies based on the type of service. Generally, no services are expected to be provided beyond two years following the Distribution Date, and after such time the Company expects to provide such services on its own behalf. The Corporate Services Agreement is terminable by each party upon 90 days notice, provided that 3M is not permitted to terminate certain specified services, which the parties have determined will require a longer period to replace. The cost associated with the services to be provided by 3M will be either a fixed dollar amount based on the estimated cost of the services to be provided, or an amount to be determined pursuant to a formula based on the services actually provided. Any services required by the Company beyond the first year will be based on costs incurred plus an 8% mark-up.

Certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company and 3M have entered or will enter into corporate services agreements pursuant to which 3M will provide to such subsidiaries services similar to those to be provided to the Company pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS AGREEMENT

3M and the Company have entered into an Environmental Matters Agreement (the "Environmental Matters Agreement") providing for their respective obligations concerning environmental liabilities arising out of the operation of the premises of the Transferred Businesses and other environmental matters.

Under the Environmental Matters Agreement, the Company will assume and indemnify 3M for all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from (i) operations at the Company's facilities as conducted before the Closing Date;
(ii) the disposal of hazardous materials, from the Company's

16

facilities, before the Distribution Date, at disposal sites operated by third parties ("Superfund Sites"), where such liabilities are discovered after the Distribution Date; or (iii) operations of the Transferred Businesses on and after the Distribution Date. 3M has agreed to retain responsibility for environmental liabilities relating to former premises which may have been associated with the Transferred Businesses, and known Superfund sites associated with the current properties of the Transferred Businesses. See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Environmental Matters."

As of March 31, 1996 the Company had reserved approximately $6.5 million with respect to environmental liabilities.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

3M and the Company have entered into an Intellectual Property Rights Agreement (the "Intellectual Property Agreement") pursuant to which 3M will grant to the Company rights to use certain intellectual property (such as patent rights, copyrights, mask work rights and proprietary information) exclusively in the fields of use in which the Transferred Businesses presently operate and non-exclusively in certain other fields. In addition, 3M is transferring to the Company title to certain intellectual property rights used by the Transferred Businesses, subject to certain rights which 3M will have to continue to use such intellectual property rights. The Intellectual Property Agreement further provides for cross licensing of certain future intellectual property developed during a transition period. In addition, for various transition periods specified in the Intellectual Property Agreement, the Company will be granted the right to use certain 3M trademarks under a royalty-bearing license. Trademarks used only by the Transferred Businesses will be assigned to the Company.

The Intellectual Property Agreement provides that the costs associated with the procurement and maintenance of patents and trademarks licensed to either party by the other under the Intellectual Property Agreement will be the responsibility of the party owning the particular patent or trademark. However, with respect to patents, either party may designate a patent or patent application under which it is licensed by the other party to be of "common interest." The licensed party is granted certain rights to participate in decisions involving such common interest patents and patent applications, and the costs thereof are shared by the parties. The costs of enforcing licensed patents against an infringer will be borne by the party instituting the lawsuit unless the parties agree otherwise. For jointly-owned patents, enforcement costs are shared if both parties desire to participate. The Company's enforcement of patents owned by 3M and licensed to the Company requires prior approval by 3M.

With the exception of licensed trademark rights, no royalties or fees are payable by the Company to 3M for the assignment and license of intellectual property to the Company under the Intellectual Property Agreement. With respect to licensed trademarks, the Company will pay a reasonable royalty through cash payments, commitments to purchase product from 3M and/or engaging in certain other activities benefiting 3M.

The parties will cross-license each other under certain patents and proprietary information developed by each party during the two year period following the Distribution Date. The cross-licenses are royalty-free and generally of the same scope (i.e., exclusive or non-exclusive in defined fields) as the licenses granted to and retained by the Company and 3M, respectively, under the patents and proprietary information existing at the time of the Distribution.

The Company and 3M will enter into joint development agreements pursuant to which the parties will assist each other in the development of new products after the Distribution Date. The relationship between the parties under the agreements will vary from simple purchased research to shared product development.

3M and the Company have agreed not to compete with each other in their respective businesses for a period of five years following the Distribution Date. 3M agrees that, except for ancillary activity involving an insubstantial business, it will not compete directly or indirectly in the Company's Exclusive Fields (which, as defined in the Intellectual Property Agreement are generally the fields of business in which the Company is presently engaged). The Company agrees that, except for ancillary activity involving an insubstantial business, it will not compete, directly or indirectly in the 3M Business Fields (which, as defined in the Intellectual Property Agreement, are generally the fields of business in which

17

3M is presently engaged). However, this provision does not preclude the Company from indirect activity, outside of the 3M Reserved Fields (which, as defined in the Intellectual Property Agreement, are generally fields closely related to the Company's Exclusive Fields where 3M has retained exclusive rights), involving working with a third party on that party's imaging and electronic information processing needs, internal or external, as long as the activity does not benefit, in more than an ancillary way, a product or service of the third party which competes with a product or service in the 3M Business Fields.

SUPPLY, SERVICE, CONTRACT MANUFACTURING AND SALES AGENCY AGREEMENTS

3M and the Company have entered into various product and service supply agreements (the "Supply Agreements") providing for the supply by 3M to the Company and by the Company to 3M, of certain products and services. Under the Supply Agreements, 3M will supply to the Company certain raw material and intermediate products including film, specialty chemicals and abrasives and will provide to the Company certain contract manufacturing services, primarily equipment assembly services. The cost of all such products and services supplied by 3M to the Company during 1995 totaled approximately $103 million. Under the Supply Agreements, the Company will supply to 3M certain semi-finished products and components and will provide to 3M certain contract manufacturing and other services, including converting, slitting and coating services and technical field service. The cost of all such products and services supplied by the Company to 3M during 1995 totaled approximately $41 million. The prices for products supplied by either party under the Supply Agreements will be based on the cost of supplying such product plus a 5% mark-up in 1996, a 10% mark-up in 1997 and a 15% mark-up in 1998 and thereafter. The prices paid for contract manufacturing services provided by either party vary depending on the services provided but generally will be based on costs incurred plus an 8% mark-up. 3M and the Company have also entered into a sales agency agreement providing for the appointment of 3M as a sales agent for certain finished products supplied by the Company in return for the payment of a commission for orders taken for the Company's products. The Company expects to pay commissions to 3M for sales agency services of approximately $1.3 million during the last six months of 1996.

SHARED FACILITY AND LEASE AGREEMENTS

3M and the Company have entered into various lease agreements with respect to certain facilities (the "Shared Facility Agreements") at which 3M and the Company will continue to share space. With respect to each of these facilities, the party that will be the owner (or primary tenant) of the facility will lease to the other party a portion of the facility so as to enable the other party to conduct operations at such facility.

The form of lease to be entered into by 3M and the Company provides for the payment of rent in an amount approximating the standard recharge rate used by the lessor with respect to internal uses of such facilities. The leases generally provide for a two year term, in some cases with an option to extend for an additional two years. It is expected that 3M will pay to the Company approximately $455,000 and that the Company will pay approximately $11.4 million to 3M in the first year following the Distribution with respect to Shared Facility Agreements.

Each of 3M and the Company believes that the properties it will own or have a leasehold interest in following the Distribution will be adequate for its business following the Distribution. Over the next two years, the Company anticipates building new facilities at the site of its corporate headquarters so as to consolidate its headquarters operations.

18

FINANCING

The Company has obtained a commitment letter dated June , 1996, from Citibank, N.A., to provide, or arrange for a group of lenders to provide, a $350 million five-year, revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") to the Company which will be used primarily to refinance certain existing debt, to finance the Company's purchase of certain assets from 3M related to the Company's non-U.S. operations, to fund certain accrued employee benefits plans and certain loans to the Company's employee stock ownership plan and to fund working capital and other general corporate needs of the Company and its subsidiaries following the Distribution. A definitive credit agreement containing the terms described below will be executed prior to the Distribution Date.

Loans obtained under the Revolving Credit Facility are expected to bear interest, at the election of the Company, at (i) a fluctuating rate equal to the the highest of (a) Citibank N.A.'s publicly announced "base" rate, (b) the latest three-week moving average of secondary market morning offering rates for three-month certificates of deposit plus -1/2 of 1% and (c) the Federal funds rate plus -1/2 of 1%, in each case plus an applicable margin or (ii) a periodic fixed rate equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate plus an applicable margin, in either case with the applicable margin varying based on a pricing grid tied to the Company's financial performance or, if and when obtained, the ratings on the Company's long-term senior unsecured indebtedness. The Company will also pay a facility fee on the entire amount of the Revolving Credit Facility in effect from time to time at a per annum rate that will vary depending on the same criteria used to determine the applicable margin. The Revolving Credit Facility is also expected to contain, among other terms, conditions precedent, covenants, mandatory prepayment provisions and events of default customary for facilities of this type. Such covenants may relate to limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, mergers and consolidations involving the Company, certain sales of assets, the creation of liens and maintenance of financial ratios (including an adjusted interest coverage ratio, a total capitalization ratio, and a minimum consolidated tangible net worth). In addition to the facility fee described above, the Company expects to pay certain other customary fees in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility.

19

PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the unaudited pro forma capitalization of the Company at March 31, 1996. This data should be read in conjunction with the pro forma balance sheet and the introduction to the pro forma financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement. The pro forma information may not reflect the capitalization of the Company in the future or as it would have been had the Company been a separate, independent company on March 31, 1996. Assumptions regarding the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock may not reflect the actual numbers at the Effective Date. See "PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS."

IMATION CORP.
PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION TABLE
as of March 31, 1996
(Dollars in millions)

                                                PRO FORMA
                               HISTORICAL      ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                               (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
Long-term debt                                  $ 250.0 (a)     $  280.0
                                                   30.0 (b)
Equity
  Net investment by 3M          $1,121.7         (173.1)(c)           --
                                                   40.0 (d)
                                                  (20.3)(e)
                                                    0.3 (f)
                                                 (968.6)(g)
  Common stock                                      0.4 (g)          0.4
  Additional paid in
   capital                                        968.2 (g)        968.2
  Unearned ESOP shares                            (30.0)(b)        (30.0)
  Total equity                   1,121.7         (183.1)           938.6
  Total capitalization          $1,121.7        $  96.9         $1,218.6

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION TABLE
(ALL AMOUNTS ARE IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)

(a) Reflects an estimated $250 million of debt the Company expects to incur for general corporate purposes on or shortly after the Distribution Date. Approximately $173.1 million of the $250 million to be borrowed will be used at the time of the Distribution to purchase from 3M certain assets located outside the United States where spin-off transactions will not be consummated and to repay intercompany indebtedness being assumed by the Company in connection with the Distribution, and approximately $26.9 million will be used to pay certain accrued employee benefits.

(b) Reflects funds borrowed by the Company and on-lent to the ESOP and the adjustment to the Company's equity resulting from the purchase of outstanding shares of Common Stock by the ESOP which have not been earned by ESOP participants and allocated to their respective accounts.

(c) Reflects the net payment to 3M of an estimated $173.1 million to purchase certain assets located outside the United States where spinoff transactions will not be consummated and to repay intercompany indebtedness being assumed by the Company in connection with the Distribution.

(d) Represents capital contribution by 3M in an amount equal to $40 million

(e) Represents a valuation allowance necessary to reflect deferred tax assets at their estimated realizable value on a purely separate return basis.

(f) Reflects the net deferred tax assets to be realized by 3M upon the Company's purchase of certain assets outside the United States (see footnote (c)).

20

(g) Reflects the issuance of an estimated 42 million shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, as of July 1, 1996. This is based on 3M's common stock outstanding at March 31, 1996 of 418.6 million shares and an assumed distribution of one share of the Company's common stock for every ten shares of 3M common stock outstanding. Additional paid in capital represents the excess of the historical carrying values of the Company's net assets at the Distribution Date over the amount reflected as Common Stock.

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company was formed by 3M for the purpose of effecting the Distribution and has no operating history as a separate, independent company. The historical financial statements of the Company reflect periods during which the Company did not operate as a separate, independent company, and certain assumptions were made in preparing such financial statements. Therefore, such historical financial statements may not reflect the results of operations or financial position that would have existed had the Company been a separate, independent company.

The following pro forma financial statements of the Company make adjustments to the historical (unaudited) balance sheet at March 31, 1996 and the historical statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1995, and the three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited) as if the Distribution had occurred on March 31, 1996 for purposes of the pro forma balance sheet and January 1, 1995 for purposes of the pro forma statements of operations.

THE PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE NOTES THERETO CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT. THE PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION IS PRESENTED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND MAY NOT REFLECT THE FUTURE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OR FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY OR WHAT THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OR FINANCIAL POSITION WOULD HAVE BEEN HAD THE COMPANY'S BUSINESSES BEEN OPERATED AS A SEPARATE, INDEPENDENT COMPANY.

The pro forma financial statements assume the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Distribution Agreement and the agreements to be entered into pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, including the completion of all the asset transfers and contract assignments contemplated thereby. Although it is possible that certain asset transfers relating to the Company's operations outside the United States may not be completed prior to the Distribution Date, the Distribution Agreement provides that the economic benefits or costs relating to such assets following the Distribution will be for the Company's account. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Distribution Agreement." Assumptions regarding the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock may not reflect the actual numbers at the Distribution Date.

21

IMATION CORP.
PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 and Year Ended December 31, 1995
(In Millions Except for Per Share Data)

                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                    PRO FORMA                                     PRO FORMA
                                   HISTORICAL      ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA                     ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                   (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)     HISTORICAL     (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
Net revenues                         $576.1                         $576.1         $2,245.6                      $2,245.6
Cost of goods sold                    373.8                          373.8          1,520.9                       1,520.9
  Gross profit                        202.3           --             202.3            724.7          --             724.7
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and
   administrative                     130.7                          130.7            539.4                         539.4
  Research and development             47.9                           47.9            222.4                         222.4
  Restructuring charge                 10.4                           10.4            111.8                         111.8
   Total                              189.0           --             189.0            873.6          --             873.6
Operating income (loss)                13.3           --              13.3           (148.9)         --            (148.9)
Interest expense and other              3.2            0.4 (a)         3.6             17.9           1.5 (a)        19.4
Income (loss) before taxes and
 minority interest                     10.1           (0.4)            9.7           (166.8)         (1.5)         (168.3)
Income tax expense (benefit)            4.1           (0.2)(b)         4.5            (70.5)         (0.6)(b)       (48.1)
                                                       0.6 (c)                                       23.0 (c)
Minority interest                      (0.1)          (0.3)(c)(f)     (0.4)           (11.3)        (11.5)(c)(f)    (22.8)
Net income (loss)                    $  6.1          $(0.5)         $  5.6 (d)     $  (85.0)       $(12.4)       $  (97.4)(d)
Net income (loss) per share                                         $  0.13(e)                                   $  (2.32)(e)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

22

NOTES TO PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(ALL AMOUNTS ARE IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)

(a) Represents an adjustment of the allocation of 3M's interest expense to reflect an estimate of the weighted average interest rate the Company would have experienced during the periods presented. The interest rates used were 8.1% in 1995 and 7.3% in first quarter, 1996. These rates represent 3M's historical weighted average rates during these periods as adjusted to reflect the higher cost of borrowing the Company expects to incur on a stand-alone basis. The interest calculation is based on the Company's estimated non-ESOP debt level expected on or shortly after the Distribution of $250 million.

(b) Reflects the adjustment to income tax benefit associated with the change in interest expense described in Note (a).

(c) Represents an adjustment to the income tax benefit to reflect a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets on a purely separate return basis and the resulting impact on minority interest.

(d) Restructuring charges reduced pro forma results for the three months ended March 31, 1996 by $10.4 million before taxes and minority interest and $6.1 million after taxes and minority interest. Pro forma net income for the three months ended March 31, 1996 would have been $11.7 million, or $.28 per share excluding these charges. Restructuring charges and asset write-offs reduced 1995 pro forma results by $166.3 million before taxes and minority interest and $97.8 million after taxes and minority interest. 1995 pro forma net income excluding these charges would have been $0.4 million, or $.01 per share.

(e) Represents the net income (loss) per share on an assumed approximately 42 million shares of the Company's common stock outstanding. This is based on 3M's weighted average number of shares outstanding during first quarter, 1996 of 418.5 million shares and full year 1995 of 419.8 million shares and an assumed distribution of one share of the Company's stock for every ten shares of 3M common stock outstanding.

(f) The historical and pro forma statements of operations reflect minority interests in Japan and Korea since the Company's operations in such countries are presently conducted by 3M through joint ventures in which third parties have minority interests. The Company has an agreement in principle with 3M's joint venture partners in Japan providing for an aggregate minority interest following the Distribution equal to 40%. Accordingly, the Company expects its future statements of operations to continue to reflect minority interests in Japan. In Korea, the Company presently does not expect to have a minority interest partner, however the transfer of the Korean operations to the Company is subject to the approval of 3M's joint venture partner. If this approval is not obtained, 3M and the Company will be required to enter into arrangements which enable the Company to operate in Korea on a basis similar to that being conducted by 3M.
See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Distribution Agreement." The Company does not believe that the expected future minority interest in Japan or a failure to effect the transfer in Korea would have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of the Company.

23

IMATION CORP.
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
As of March 31, 1996
(In Millions)

                                                        PRO FORMA
                                       HISTORICAL      ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                       (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash and equivalents                                  $ 250.0 (a)     $   90.0
                                                          (26.9)(b)
                                                         (173.1)(c)
                                                           40.0 (d)
  Accounts receivable -- net            $  472.2           --   (e)        472.2
  Inventories                              420.1                           420.1
  Other current assets                      48.1           (1.5)(f)         44.2
                                                           (2.4)(g)
   Total current assets                    940.4           86.1          1,026.5
Property, Plant and Equipment -- net       503.9                           503.9
Other Assets                                75.7          (18.8)(f)         56.9
   Total assets                         $1,520.0        $  67.3         $1,587.3
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable                      $  117.0           --   (e)     $  117.0
  Accrued payroll                           52.8                            52.8
  Other current liabilities                137.2          (17.2)(b)        118.7
                                                           (1.3)(g)
   Total current liabilities               307.0          (18.5)           288.5
Other Liabilities                           91.3           (9.7)(b)         80.2
                                                           (1.4)(g)
Long-Term Debt                                            250.0 (a)        280.0
                                                           30.0 (h)
Equity
  Net investment by 3M                   1,121.7         (173.1)(c)           --
                                                           40.0 (d)
                                                          (20.3)(f)
                                                            0.3 (g)
                                                         (968.6)(i)
  Common stock                                              0.4 (i)          0.4
  Additional paid in capital                              968.2 (i)        968.2
  Unearned ESOP shares                                    (30.0)(h)        (30.0)
   Total equity                          1,121.7         (183.1)(j)        938.6
   Total liabilities and equity         $1,520.0        $  67.3         $1,587.3

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

24

NOTES TO PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

(ALL AMOUNTS ARE IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)

(a) Reflects an estimated $250 million of debt the Company expects to incur for general corporate purposes on or shortly after the Distribution Date. Approximately $173.1 million of the $250 million to be borrowed will be used at the time of the Distribution to purchase from 3M certain assets located outside the United States where spin-off transactions will not be consummated and to repay intercompany indebtedness being assumed by the Company in connection with the Distribution, and approximately $26.9 million will be used to pay certain accrued employee benefits,

(b) Reflects the payment shortly after the Distribution Date of an estimated $26.9 million to pay certain accrued employee benefits, including approximately $17.2 million of current liabilities and approxiamtely $9.7 million of other liabilities.

(c) Reflects the net payment to 3M of an estimated $173.1 million to purchase certain assets located outside the United States where spin-off transactions will not be consummated and to repay intercompany indebtedness being assumed by the Company in connection with the Distribution.

(d) Represents capital contribution by 3M in an amount equal to $40 million.

(e) To provide a more accurate reflection of future financial statements, the pro forma financial statements do not give effect to the retention by 3M of certain trade receivables and payables outside the United States and the agreement by 3M to pay to the Company following the Distribution an amount corresponding to the amount by which such receivables exceed such payables. (See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Distribution
Agreement.")

(f) Represents a valuation allowance necessary to reflect deferred tax assets at their estimated realizable value on a purely separate return basis.

(g) Reflects the net deferred tax assets to be realized by 3M upon the Company's purchase of certain assets outside the United States (see footnote (c)).

(h) Reflects funds borrowed by the Company and on-lent to the ESOP and the adjustment to the Company's equity resulting from the purchase of outstanding shares of Common Stock by the ESOP which have not been earned by ESOP participants and allocated to their respective accounts.

(i) Reflects the issuance of an estimated 42 million shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, as of July 1, 1996. This is based on 3M's common stock outstanding at March 31, 1996 of 418.6 million shares and an assumed distribution of one share of the Company's common stock for every ten shares of 3M common stock outstanding. Additional paid in capital represents the excess of the historical carrying values of the Company's net assets at the Distribution Date over the amount reflected as Common Stock.

(j) No minority interest has been reflected in the historical or pro forma balance sheets. While the Company's operations in Japan and Korea are presently conducted by 3M through joint ventures in which the third parties own minority interests, the Company does not expect to have any minority interest partners as of the Distribution Date. The Company does, however, have an agreement in principle with 3M's joint venture partners in Japan providing for an aggregate minority interest following the Distribution equal to 40%. Accordingly, the Company expects its future balance sheets to reflect minority interests in Japan. In Korea, the transfer of the operations to the Company is subject to the approval of 3M's joint venture partner. If this approval is not obtained, 3M and the Company will be required to enter into arrangements which enable the Company to operate in Korea on a basis similar to that being conducted by 3M. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Distribution Agreement." The Company does not believe that the expected future minority interest in Japan or a failure to effect the transfer in Korea would have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of the Company.

25

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical financial data of the Company should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. This selected historical financial data relates to the Transferred Businesses as they were operated as part of 3M. They also include an allocation of certain general corporate expenses of 3M which were not directly related to these businesses. The following selected historical financial data are derived from the historical financial statements of the Company. The selected historical financial data that relate to the three year period ended December 31, 1995 have been derived from the financial statements audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent public accountants. The selected historical financial data for the two year period ended December 31, 1992 have been derived from unaudited historical financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited historical financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company at December 31, 1992 and 1991 and the results of operations and cash flows for the years then ended. The historical financial data of the Company may not reflect the results of operations or financial position that would have been obtained had the Company been a separate, independent company.

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
(Dollars in millions)

                                                   1995*         1994         1993         1992         1991
For the Year Ended December 31:
  Net revenues                                    $2,245.6     $2,280.5     $2,307.8     $2,350.0     $2,319.0
  Gross profit                                       724.7        838.5        886.2        885.0        911.0
  Selling, general and administrative expense        539.4        531.5        529.0        542.0        525.0
  Research and development                           222.4        211.2        216.7        181.0        174.0
  Operating income (loss)                           (148.9)        95.8        140.5        162.0        212.0
  Income (loss) before tax and minority
   interest                                         (166.8)        81.3        127.4        142.0        187.0
  Net income (loss)                                  (85.0)        54.3         75.3         94.0        119.0
At December 31:
  Total working capital                              658.4        714.0        618.4        608.1        606.7
  Property, plant and equipment -- net               513.2        654.9        642.2        618.5        607.6
  Total assets                                     1,541.5      1,671.7      1,545.6      1,533.9      1,514.7
  Total liabilities                                  392.8        371.7        345.8        361.7        341.4
  Total equity                                     1,148.7      1,300.0      1,199.8      1,172.2      1,173.3

* Restructuring charges and asset write-offs reduced 1995 results by $166.3 million before taxes and minority interest and $88.3 million after taxes and minority interest. 1995 net income excluding these charges would have been $3.3 million. The majority of these charges related to the write-down of property, plant and equipment.

26

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL OVERVIEW

The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon the separate historical financial statements of the Company, which present the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows. These historical financial statements include the assets, liabilities, income and expenses that were directly related to the Transferred Businesses as they were operated within 3M. In the case of assets and liabilities not specifically identifiable to any particular business of 3M, only those assets and liabilities expected to be owned by the Company after the Distribution were included in the Company's separate balance sheets. Regardless of the allocation of these assets and liabilities, however, the Company's statement of operations includes all of the related costs of doing business, including charges for the use of facilities and for employee benefits, and include an allocation of certain general corporate expenses of 3M which were not directly related to these businesses including costs for corporate logistics, corporate research and development, information technologies, finance, legal and corporate executives. These allocations were based on a number of factors including, for example, personnel, space, time and effort, and sales volume. Management believes these allocations as well as the assumptions underlying the development of the Company's separate financial statements to be reasonable.

The financial information included herein, however, may not necessarily reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company as it will operate in the future or what the results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Company been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented. This is due, in part, to the historical operation of the Company as an integral part of the larger 3M. The historical financial information included herein also does not reflect the changes that will occur in the operations of the Company following the Distribution.

STRATEGIC REORGANIZATION

The Company historically has operated as part of 3M. Following the Distribution, the Company will be a stand-alone entity with objectives and strategies separate from those of 3M. The Company will focus on providing solution-based products and systems to customers in the information processing industry. In late 1995, the Company initiated a review of all of its operations, including its organizational structure, manufacturing operations, products and markets, with the goal of maximizing its cash flows and improving net income. In connection with this review, the Company has adopted a reorganization plan to rationalize its manufacturing operations, streamline its organizational structure and write off impaired assets.

To reflect the direct and indirect costs associated with this reorganization plan, 3M recognized a loss on disposal which included pre-tax charges of approximately $340 million in the fourth quarter of 1995 as a part of its discontinued operations charges. The Company will reflect the direct portion of these charges, approximately $250 million, in its separate financial statements partially in 1995 and partially in 1996 based upon the timing of recognition criteria required for restructuring charges. The Company recorded $166 million of these charges in its 1995 statement of operations primarily for the write-down of assets associated with its manufacturing rationalization programs. The Company expects to record the remainder in its 1996 financial statements. These costs relate primarily to employee separations for direct employees of the Company.

As a part of the reorganization, 3M announced an expected reduction of approximately 5,000 positions. The Company's direct employee reductions are expected to total more than 1,600 positions and will occur through already announced voluntary and involuntary separation programs and through the completion of the Company's manufacturing consolidation activities. As of May 1, 1996, approximately 850 United States employees have accepted voluntary separation offers. The Company has also announced the closure of one manufacturing facility in the United States, which will result in the reduction of approximately 325 additional employees over the next 12 months. Outside the United States, the Company expects employment reductions of approximately 290 positions through already

27

announced voluntary and involuntary separation programs. Additional future employment reductions will result primarily from the completion of the Company's manufacturing rationalization programs.

The separation costs related to these programs are recognizable in the Company's financial statements when employees accept voluntary separation offers and upon announcement for involuntary separation programs. The first quarter 1996 statement of operations includes $10.4 million of these restructuring charges. The Company expects to record approximately $74 million of additional employee separation costs, the majority of which will be recorded in the second quarter of 1996. 3M will fund most of the cash requirements of announced separation programs. See further discussion of these charges in "-- Operating Results."

As of March 31, 1996 the Company had approximately 12,000 direct and indirect employees. This number included positions in factory locations to be transferred to the Company, and in laboratory, engineering, selling, marketing and administrative positions held by direct Company employees. It also included indirect equivalent positions in staff services functions at 3M which have historically provided services to the businesses of the Company. After the Distribution, approximately 1,100 staff services equivalent positions will remain with 3M. In the near term, the costs related to the staff services support provided by these employees will continue to be incurred by the Company through the Corporate Services Agreement. After the Distribution, it is expected that the Company will have less than 10,000 direct employees as a result of the above actions. The Company believes that this is an appropriate staffing level for the near term.

The Company's overall financial goal is to improve the Company's economic profit (which is measured as operating income after taxes in excess of the Company's cost of capital) by $150 million by the end of 1998. This goal is based on anticipated cost reductions, improved revenue growth and increased asset utilization resulting from the implementation of the Company's business strategy, including the steps outlined under "--Operating Results -- Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993." The Company anticipates total cost savings (net of start-up expenses) during the three year period 1996-1998 of $90 million after taxes; or, on a pre-tax basis, $30 million in cost savings in 1996, an additional $70 million in 1997 and an additional $50 million in 1998. The Company, however, does not expect the reorganization plan to have any meaningful effect on cash flows until 1997, as start-up expenses are likely to offset any cash generated from reduced costs in 1996. Although management believes that this goal is appropriate for the Company, there can be no assurance as to the Company's ability to achieve this goal. See "Forward Looking Statements."

OPERATING RESULTS

COMPONENTS OF NET REVENUE CHANGES

                     THREE MONTHS ENDED                           YEARS END DECEMBER 31,
                       MARCH 31, 1996                      1995                           1994
                 U.S.    INTL.    WORLDWIDE     U.S.    INTL.    WORLDWIDE     U.S.    INTL.     WORLDWIDE


Volume             3%       9%         6%        (1)%      6%         2%         5%       9%         7%
Price             (4)      (7)        (5)        (5)      (7)        (6)        (9)      (8)        (9)
Translation       --       (2)        (1)        --        4          2         --        1          1
 Total            (1)%     --%        --%        (6)%      3%        (2)%       (4)%      2%        (1)%

28

The following table displays the components of the Company's historical statements of operations as a percentage of total net revenues.

                                                   THREE MONTHS
                                                       ENDED
                                                     MARCH 31           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  1996      1995       1995       1994       1993
Net revenues                                      100.0%    100.0%    100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of goods sold                                 64.9      63.2      67.7       63.2       61.6
Gross profit                                       35.1      36.8      32.3       36.8       38.4
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and administrative               22.7      23.8      24.0       23.3       22.9
 Research and development                           8.3       9.8       9.9        9.3        9.4
 Restructuring charges                              1.8        --       5.0         --         --
Total operating expenses                           32.8      33.6      38.9       32.6       32.3
Operating income (loss)                             2.3       3.2      (6.6)       4.2        6.1
Interest expense and other                          0.5       0.9       0.8        0.6        0.6
Income (loss) before tax and minority
 interest                                           1.8       2.3      (7.4)       3.6        5.5
Effective income tax rate (% of pre-tax)           41.0      42.3     (42.3)      36.0       40.7
Net income (loss)                                   1.1%      1.3%     (3.8)%      2.4%       3.3%

COMPARISON OF THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995

Net revenues in the first three months of 1996 were essentially equal to the level during the same period in 1995. Volume increases of 6 percent were substantially offset by price declines of 5 percent. Net revenues in the United States declined 1 percent with a volume increase of 3 percent being more than offset by pricing declines. Outside the United States, volume increased 9 percent. Price declines of 7 percent and a 2 percent negative effect of changes in currency exchange rates offset these volume increases.

Gross profit in the first quarter of 1996 was 35.1 percent of revenues, down 1.7 percentage points from first quarter 1995. This decline was primarily due to the effect of lower selling prices, only partially offset by volume increases, productivity benefits and other factors.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were 22.7 percent of revenues in the first three months of 1996, down 1.1 percentage points from the same period in 1995. The majority of this decline was in sales related costs which were down approximately $5.0 million.

Research and development costs totaled $47.9 million or 8.3 percent of revenues in the first three months of 1996, down $8.5 million and 1.5 percentage points from the same period in 1995. The higher level of spending in 1995 reflects investments made in a number of the Company's new products which came to market during 1995 and early 1996.

The Company recorded restructuring charges of $10.4 million in the first quarter of 1996 reflecting costs for certain voluntary separation programs which were recognized based on the number of employee acceptances of separation offers during the quarter ended March 31, 1996 in accordance with the applicable accounting rules.

Operating income for the first three months of 1996 was $13.3 million but would have totaled $23.7 million or 4.1 percent of revenues excluding restructuring charges. This represents a $5.5 million increase from operating income in the same period in 1995 which totaled $18.2 million or 3.2 percent of revenues.

Excluding restructuring charges, income before taxes and minority interest was $20.5 million in 1996, improved by $7.5 million from the three month period ended March 31, 1995. This resulted from a lower effective interest rate in 1996.

The Company's effective tax rate was 41.0 percent, down from 42.3 percent in the first quarter of 1995. This decrease was due primarily to a shift in profits to lower tax jurisdictions.

29

Net income in the first quarter of 1996 was $6.1 million, and would have totaled $12.2 million or 2.1 percent of revenues excluding restructuring charges. This represents an increase of $4.7 million and 0.8 percentage points from the same period in 1995.

COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993

Net revenues in 1995 and 1994 declined 1.5 percent and 1.2 percent, respectively. These declines resulted primarily from the effects of downward pricing pressures which exceeded the Company's volume growth in both 1995 and 1994, especially in the United States. See Note 8 to NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS for the Company's revenues by classes of similar products or services.

Approximately 50 percent of the Company's net revenues in 1995 were from sales outside the United States, which is up from just over 47 percent in 1994 and 46 percent in 1993. This trend is expected to continue in future years. In the Company's international operations, volume rose 6 percent in 1995 and 9 percent in 1994. In both 1995 and 1994, these volume gains were substantially offset by price declines. Changes in currency exchange rates positively impacted international net revenues by 4 percent in 1995 and 1 percent in 1994.

United States net revenues declined 6 percent in 1995 and 4 percent in 1994, driven by price declines in both years. Volume declined slightly in 1995, after having grown 5 percent in 1994.

Gross profit in 1995 was 32.3 percent of revenues, representing a 4.5 percentage point decrease from 1994. This decrease was primarily due to the effect of lower selling prices and the portion of special charges included in cost of goods sold noted below. In 1994, gross profit was 36.8 percent of revenues, representing a 1.6 percentage point decrease from 1993. In this period, the negative effects of price declines were only partially offset by volume increases and other factors.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were 24.0 percent of revenues in 1995, as compared to 23.3 percent in 1994, and 22.9 percent in 1993. These increases were primarily due to the decline in the revenue base. Spending in dollars has been relatively flat during the past three years, reflecting cost control and productivity improvements, and is expected to decline as a percentage of revenues in the future.

Research and development expenses in 1995 were 9.9 percent of revenues, up from 9.3 percent and 9.4 percent in 1994 and 1993, respectively. In 1995, this represented an $11.2 million increase over 1994 spending and reflects investments in a number of the Company's promising new products including Travan(tm) high-capacity data cartridges, LS-120 diskettes, the new family of Rainbow proofing systems and DryView(tm) imagers. Management intends to continue its strong focus on research and development, while controlling the related costs through prioritized spending. Management expects expenditures for research and development to decline as a percentage of revenues in the future.

The Company recorded special charges of $166.3 million ($88.3 million after taxes and minority interest) in its 1995 financial statements. Of these charges, $111.8 million relate to world-wide manufacturing rationalization programs to exit less profitable manufacturing locations and to centralize manufacturing in the United States and in Italy. The $111.8 million charge is included as a separate restructuring charge in the statement of operations. The remaining special charge of $54.5 million primarily relates to asset write-offs included in cost of goods sold.

The operating loss for 1995 totaled $148.9 million. This loss was driven by the special charges discussed above. Excluding these charges, operating income would have been $17.4 million, representing a decline of $78.4 million from 1994 operating income which totaled $95.8 million. This decline primarily reflects the factors affecting the lower gross profit as discussed above, and to a lesser extent the increase in research and development spending. In 1994, operating income declined $44.7 million as a result of the factors affecting gross profit as discussed earlier and to a lesser extent by the lower overall revenue level.

Non-operating expense (primarily interest expense allocation from 3M) totaled $17.9 million, $14.5 million and $13.1 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The increases are due to 3M's rising

30

effective interest rates over the three year period. The allocation methodology for interest expense is more fully discussed in Note 6 of the NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

The Company's effective tax rate was 42.3, 36.0 and 40.7 percent of pre-tax income for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The lower effective rate in 1994 was primarily the result of tax benefits recognized in the Company's Italian operations. See Notes 2 and 5 of the NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

In 1995, minority interest (primarily in Japan) increased to $11.3 million compared to $2.3 million in 1994. This change is primarily the result of the portion of restructuring charges which related to the Company's operations in Japan.

The 1995 net loss totaled $85.0 million or 3.8 percent of revenues. 1995 net income excluding special charges would have totaled $3.3 million or 0.1 percent of revenues, down from $54.3 million or 2.4 percent of revenues in 1994.

In order to reverse the historical decline in revenues and gross profits described above, the Company intends to implement its business strategies (See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY"). Key factors in reversing this trend are expected to be (i) anticipated increased sales for key new products (including Travan(tm), DryView(tm) imagers, LS-120 diskettes and new models of Rainbow color proofing systems) which were introduced commercially in late 1995 or early 1996, (ii) the Company's ability to sell a broader range of the Company's products to existing customers, (iii) the Company's success in market penetration in areas of the world where the Company has a limited market position, (iv) the Company's ability to consolidate factories to increase efficiencies and (v) the Company's success in refining product portfolios to focus on more profitable business opportunities.

Generally, outside the United States, the Company will be relocating employees, systems and inventory out of 3M facilities. By country, this will occur at various times over the next year. Sales, marketing and administrative personnel will be moving to leased facilities in all countries except the United Kingdom, Italy and Canada, where most personnel will be located in Company-owned facilities transferred from 3M. Initially 3M will provide systems support services in all countries. It is anticipated that independent Imation supported systems will gradually replace these 3M systems support services over the next 18 months. Inventory will generally be moved to third-party warehouse providers by July 1, 1997.

It is the Company's intention to continue expanding market penetration globally. Recently, sales of DryView(tm) and Travan(tm) products have commenced in Europe and many other countries. These new products as well as existing products will be supported by the Company personnel residing in these local markets. In some countries, 3M will continue to provide selling assistance for Company products through local sales agency agreements.

PERFORMANCE BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA

UNITED STATES

In 1995, United States net revenues totaled $1,128.8 million down 6 percent from $1,199.9 million in 1994. Volume declined approximately 1 percent and selling prices decreased approximately 5 percent, for a total revenue decline of approximately 6 percent. Operating income in 1995 decreased by $170.5 million from 1994. Adjusted for the special charges discussed above, operating income decreased $70.7 million in 1995. United States results were adversely affected by price declines, higher raw material costs, lack of volume growth and adjustments in production to reduce inventory levels. Employment levels were reduced by approximately 500 people at December 31, 1995 as compared with the levels at December 31, 1994. Inventories were reduced by approximately $34 million in 1995 as compared to December 31, 1994.

EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA

Net revenues totaled $803.8 million in 1995, up 5 percent from $764.1 million in 1994. Volume increased almost 5 percent, selling prices declined approximately 7 percent, and changes in currency exchange rates positively impacted revenues by approximately 7 percent. Excluding special charges,

31

which reduced 1995 operating results by $20.4 million, profits would have increased 4.5 percent to $76.2 million. The Company's manufacturing structure in Europe is expected to be further reduced in 1996.

LATIN AMERICA, ASIA AND CANADA

Net revenues declined by approximately 1 percent in 1995 to $313 million, entirely driven by changes in currency exchange rates. The devaluing rates of exchange in Latin America more than offset the gains recognized in Asia Pacific. Changes in volume and selling prices offset each other with local currency revenues flat. Operating income declined by approximately $11 million, after excluding $46.1 million in special charges. The majority of this income decline occurred in Asia Pacific, where the results were adversely impacted by the underutilization of a magnetic tape coater in Japan and the high costs of producing products in that country. Sales and marketing programs were scaled back to reduce volume growth given the high production costs. The Company discontinued the use of this equipment in the first quarter of 1996 and changed the source of supply to a facility in the United States with lower costs.

FINANCIAL POSITION

The Company had 3.4 months of inventory on hand at March 31, 1996 and at December 31, 1995, a decline from 4.0 months at the end of 1994. The accounts receivable days sales outstanding was 75 days at March 31, 1996, down from 78 days at December 31, 1995, which was up from 76 days at December 31, 1994.

The book value of property, plant and equipment at March 31, 1996 was $503.9 million, a slight decrease from $513.2 million at December 31, 1995. The balance at December 31, 1995 reflected a decline of $141.7 million from year-end 1994. The majority of this decline, $128 million, is attributable to the special charges discussed above. The increase in other assets of $54.5 million was driven by the increase in deferred income taxes of $57.4 million. This increase in deferred tax assets resulted from the special charges, which for the most part, were not yet deductible at December 31, 1995 for income tax purposes. Management believes the Company, or in certain cases 3M prior to the Distribution, will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to fully recover these deferred tax assets based on the Company's implementation of the actions discussed under " -- Strategic Reorganization" and "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Business Strategy." Also see NOTES TO PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET, item (f) regarding establishing deferred tax valuation allowance on a purely separate return basis.

LIQUIDITY

3M uses a centralized approach to cash management and the financing of its operations. As a result, cash and equivalents and debt were not allocated to the Company in the historical financial statements. The Company's historical financing requirements are represented by cash transactions with 3M and are reflected in "Net Amount (Paid to) Received From 3M," as described in Note 7 of the NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. This financial support will be discontinued following the Distribution. See "SPECIAL FACTORS -- Absence of 3M Financial Support."

Cash provided from operating activities was $256.8 million in 1995, $170.1 million in 1994, and $229.2 million in 1993. The major non-cash item is depreciation, which ranged between $184.4 million and $189.5 million per year during this period. Working capital and related cash requirements increased $85.6 million in 1994 and $25.6 million in 1993, while in 1995 working capital and related cash requirements decreased by $52.0 million.

The Company is developing, and expects to have in place by July 1, relationships and systems and staffing for a corporate currency management program to monitor and centrally manage currency exposures. In connection with this currency management program a variety of financial instruments will be employed, including but not limited to foreign exchange forward contacts, currency options and futures.

Investing activities, mainly capital expenditures, utilized cash provided by operations in the amounts of $187.5 million in 1995, $179.7 million in 1994 and $210.2 million in 1993. These investments were made to help meet growing global demand for the Company's products, to improve manufacturing efficiencies and to establish manufacturing operations for key new products. Over the past two years, $74.6 million

32

of these expenditures related to new products which were commercialized in late 1995 and early 1996, including DryView(tm) medical imagers, Travan(tm) high-capacity data cartridges and LS-120 diskettes. Excluding one-time start up costs, management intends to maintain annual capital expenditures in the range of $140 to $170 million per year for the next several years.

The Company generated cash flows before financing activities with 3M of $72.9 million in 1995, and $13.1 million in 1993, while using $18.5 million in 1994, a year in which the growth in inventory and accounts receivable more than offset reductions in capital expenditures. In 1995, improvements in working capital (primarily accounts receivable, inventories and accounts payable) generated approximately $52.0 million in increased cash.

During the three months ended March 31, 1996 the Company generated cash flows before financing activities with 3M of $27.0 million while using $13.4 million for the same period in 1995. The improvement in the first quarter of 1996 reflects reduced levels of inventory coupled with somewhat lower capital spending in 1996.

Following the Distribution, the Company expects its operations, exclusive of contemplated borrowings, to generate sufficient funds to meet the Company's operating needs for the 12 month period following the Distribution, including capital expenditures. It is expected that additional progress in reducing working capital needs will be achieved by re-engineering the Company's worldwide supply chain and information technology systems. The components of the supply chain include all operations of the Company from procurement of raw materials through manufacturing and delivery of products to the Company's customers, and the collection of accounts receivable.

Prior to the Distribution, the Company did not have any cash flows from financing activities outside of 3M. Following the Distribution, the Company will rely on internally generated funds and, to the extent necessary, the borrowing of funds from third party sources. The Company anticipates that on or prior to the Distribution Date, it will borrow approximately $280 million under the Credit Facility to be negotiated with a syndicate of banks, which also will allow the Company to borrow additional amounts for working capital purposes. Approximately $173.1 million of the $280 million to be borrowed will be used at the time of the Distribution to purchase from 3M certain assets located outside the United States and to repay intercompany indebtedness being assumed by the Company in connection with the Distribution, approximately $26.9 million will be used to pay certain accrued employee benefits, approximately $30 million will be on-lent to the ESOP as described in the next paragraph, and the remainder will be retained for working capital purposes. The Company believes that the cash available under the Credit Facility, together with cash generated from operations, are sufficient to meet the Company's anticipated funding requirements.

The Company will establish an employee stock ownership plan (the "ESOP") which will be leveraged by a loan from the Company and is expected to lead over time to employee stock ownership (directly or beneficially) of approximately 4 percent of the Company's outstanding shares. At the time of the Distribution or shortly thereafter, the Company will lend approximately $30 million to the ESOP with which the ESOP will purchase shares of Common Stock. The Company intends annually to contribute funds to the ESOP in order to repay the loans, and to satisfy the Company's obligation to make matching contributions in respect of employee salary deferrals and other performance based contributions.

On the Distribution Date, the Company is expected to begin independent operations with a ratio of total debt to total capital of approximately 20 percent excluding the effects of the ESOP. The Company also expects to begin operations with approximately $90 million in cash, $50 million of which will be borrowed under the Company's Credit Facility, to satisfy the Company's initial working capital requirements.

In connection with the Distribution, the Company and 3M will enter into a transition agreement relating to the collection of accounts receivable and payment of accounts payable. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Corporate Services Transition Agreement." The objective of this approach is to minimize the impact of the transition on customers and suppliers and it is not expected to have any material impact on the financial position or cash flows of the Company.

33

FUTURE OUTLOOK

1996 will be a year of transition for the Company, both in business operations and financial returns. The Company believes its continued worldwide leadership in developing data storage technologies, strong position in high quality color proofing for the printing industry and strong history of leadership in medical imaging for the health care industry along with strong worldwide distribution coverage will offer significant opportunities to help achieve its goals. The Company will be implementing a comprehensive re-engineering of its operations. Some components of this re-engineering will be completed in 1996 and others in 1997 and beyond.

Examples of the actions contemplated include (i) the consolidation and rationalization of manufacturing organization by reducing the number of facilities operated by the Company, by consolidating similar operations in one facility, by consolidating purchasing to take advantage of volume purchasing, by utilizing just-in-time purchasing and by managing the manufacturing process to reduce inventories of finished goods by attempting to anticipate demand for various products, (ii) encouraging cooperation between research and development teams and the manufacturing units, thereby encouraging the development of technologies and products which provide solutions to customers' problems, (iii) aggressively cross-marketing the Company's existing products to customers of one of the Company's products and (iv) motivating employees through the linkage of compensation to the financial results of the Company (See "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Business Strategy"). The Company expects that these actions will improve productivity and market share, reduce costs and facilitate sustainable revenue growth, thereby improving the Company's financial performance and results of operations.

At the same time, the Company will be faced with the challenges of establishing operations as an independent public company. These activities are expected to result in one-time cost increases which will occur during 1996 and 1997. Management is currently developing its plans for the start-up, but at this time expects that the most significant changes will occur in the areas of systems and logistics. For a transitional period, it is expected that 3M will provide many of these services and that stand-alone operations should be in place by the end of 1997.

The Company intends to achieve its goals through the training and dedication of its work force, extensive efforts to enhance its relationships with customers and suppliers and the continued use of certain 3M trademarks during a transition period. In addition, the Company's management team is experienced and familiar with this industry and its opportunities and will be developing a strong new identity tied to the Company's specific industry. This background combined with their new roles should allow them to provide the Company with the necessary leadership to meet these challenges.

The Company has established as a long-term goal achieving an annual earnings per share growth rate of 15% per year. While the management of the Company believes that this rate is an appropriate goal for the Company, there can be no assurance as to the Company's ability to achieve this goal or as to the timing thereof. See "Forward Looking Statements."

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain information, other than the historical information, discussed in this Information Statement (including in "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS"), may constitute forward looking statements and as such may involve risks and uncertainties. Important factors which may cause actual results to differ from the forward looking statements contained herein or in other public statements by the Company are described in the section entitled "SPECIAL FACTORS," including, in particular, the Company's ability to implement successfully its reorganization plan and future business strategy. See "SPECIAL FACTORS -- Absence of History as an Independent Company."

34

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY

OVERVIEW

The Company develops, manufactures and markets a wide variety of products and services worldwide for information processing, specializing in data storage and imaging applications. The Company's products, which number in excess of 10,000, are used to capture, process, store, reproduce and distribute information and images in a wide range of information-intensive markets, including enterprise computing, network servers, personal computing, graphic arts, photographic imaging, medical imaging, and commercial and consumer markets. The Company offers solutions for both conventional/analog and proprietary digital work processes for the information processing industry.

The breadth of the Company's product lines, the Company's worldwide leadership position in a number of product classes and its global distribution network serve to differentiate the Company from its competitors. The Company's focus is global in nature, with nearly half of its revenues derived internationally and expectations for this percentage to grow over time. The Company's major products, classified by customer application are shown below.

 INFORMATION PROCESSING,
MANAGEMENT AND                      INFORMATION PRINTING                   MEDICAL AND PHOTO IMAGING
STORAGE APPLICATIONS                             APPLICATIONS              APPLICATIONS
*  Computer diskettes               *  Conventional color proofing         *  Laser imaging products
*  Data cartridges and Travan(tm)   *  Digital color proofing              *  Laser imagers
   cartridges
*  Computer tapes                   *  Printing plates                     *  X-ray film
*  Rewritable optical media         *  Image setting and graphic arts      *  "Dry" imaging products
                                       products
*  CD-ROM replication services      *  Carbonless paper products           *  Film processors
                                                                           *  Photographic film products

INFORMATION PROCESSOR SERVICE APPLICATIONS

* Technical field service support for equipment
* Customer service, documentation and training for equipment
* Engineering and office document systems

As part of 3M, the Transferred Businesses have developed leadership positions in a number of markets serving the information processing industry, which the Company believes can serve as platforms for future growth. For example, the Company:

* is the world's largest supplier of branded removable magnetic and optical media;

* is one of the world's largest suppliers of color proofing systems to the graphic arts industry, with a number of its Matchprint(tm) and Rainbow products serving as industry standards;

* was the first to develop the new, widely-used laser imager for medical imaging applications, with an installed base of over 7000 imagers;

* is one of the world's largest suppliers of private label film for the amateur photography market; and

* introduced in 1995 and expects to introduce in 1996 several innovative products with significant market potential, including the Travan(tm) high capacity data storage tape cartridges, the new family of Rainbow proofing systems, a new line of DryView(tm) imagers, medical imaging delivery systems developed under an alliance with Cemax/Icon and Hewlett-Packard, and a 120 MB 3.5 inch diskette, the LS-120 diskette, which has been developed with Compaq Computer Corporation and MKE.

35

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

The information processing industry is concerned with the creation, capture, manipulation, storage, production and distribution of information. Information may exist in the form of numbers, text, sound, graphics, photos, videos or other images. Users may view and store this information in an analog format, such as hard copies. Increasingly, however, information is converted to a digital format for more efficient handling, processing, storage and distribution. Digital technologies provide much needed information processing solutions as users are required to use, manage and store more complex information in less time, with less resources and with greater accuracy. Methods of transporting and accessing data are dramatically increasing due to software developments, networking and the development of the World Wide Web.

Data storage technologies provide users with solutions specific to the particular users' needs in storing, managing and accessing digital information. Removable data storage technologies, such as those offered by the Company, provide a wide range of solutions that provide users with the benefits of expandable storage capacity, data transportability, data management, data security and the flexibility to enhance data utilization and which are not confined to component status as is fixed rigid disk storage.

Removable data storage solutions, based on digital technologies, are used in applications across all computing platforms -- enterprise systems, network servers, desktop systems and mobile computing. International Data Corporation ("IDC") has estimated that there are over 150 million computer systems in use worldwide that use removable data storage technologies. Removable data storage technologies are used in a variety of applications including graphic imaging, video imaging, medical diagnostics, communications systems and consumer entertainment electronics. Overall, the data storage solution market is growing at double digits annually, with Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe leading this growth, although there is significant price competition. Customer demand for these solutions is multiplying at an ever increasing pace due to the enhanced enabling software that increases the applications and usage rates and the developing need by customers to manipulate, store and protect even larger data bases. The need for convenient digital storage solutions is also accelerating as people gain access to information of all types from many sources, including the Internet and the World Wide Web. Increasingly, end users want to download files and information for later use. As the number of Internet users grow and the variety of information increases, the demand for portable, cost-effective data storage and output media also will grow. This is true in both commercial and consumer markets.

Imaging technologies also have been profoundly impacted by advancements in digital technologies as many users begin to convert their conventional/analog processes to proprietary digital processes to capture, create, manipulate, process, transmit and store still and moving images. Conventional/analog technologies rely upon chemical or electrical processes which capture information onto paper, film or other media by reacting to external stimuli. Digital technologies have significantly increased the amount of information that can be used, managed and stored and have reduced the need for film and chemicals in the imaging process. Many work processes in use today are hybrid systems in which organizations continue to use conventional materials for certain processes in their work flows utilizing the speed of digital processing.

Medical diagnostic imaging is an example in which proven X-ray films exist side by side with high tech magnetic resonance imaging ("MRI") and computed tomography ("CT") scanning systems. Today, an active mid-size hospital or diagnostic imaging center may generate ten to twelve gigabytes of electronic information daily from its scanning devices. More than 90% of this information will be converted to film for viewing and storage in the diagnostic process.

Printing and publishing applications similarly have experienced a blending of analog and digital work processes. Virtually all text and images used in graphic arts processes today are converted to electronic or digital form early in the work process and are later reconverted to film or lithographic plates for high quality reproduction on traditional printing presses. Images and pages may be captured photographically or electronically in a variety of formats including removable data storage. Those that are captured in digital format allow for more efficient processing and management. The information also may be used in the production of high quality CD-ROMs for multi-media applications, distributed to digital printers and copiers for reproduction, or used in the production of images and pages for distribution over the Internet.

36

As discussed above, because digital processes are more efficient than alternative technologies in the imaging and information processing industries, the Company believes the use of digital technology is increasing. In 1994, digital technologies accounted for approximately 54% of the Company's revenues. The Company expects digital technologies to increase to approximately two-thirds of revenues over the next two years. As the amount of information generated each day increases, the need for efficient methods of data storage and manipulation is increasing.

For example, in medical and photo imaging applications, the Company estimates that a typical 400 bed hospital utilizing Computed Tomography, MRI, ultrasound and nuclear medical technology will require between four and nine gigabytes of new digital storage per day, along with associated recording, distribution and imaging equipment. In information and printing applications, the Company expects that the current mixture of digital and analog processes will continue to become more reliant on digital technologies as such technologies become more efficient.

The Company believes that, starting from its base of products which are currently used in these applications, it will be able to introduce new digital products which will replace analog processes now used in these customer applications. The Company believes that it has the technology, products and strong customer relationships to take advantage of this opportunity.

Because the Company has existing technologies, products and customers in these applications, the introduction of new digital technologies in these areas is not expected to require major additional investments. The Company does anticipate, however, entering into strategic alliances with other companies to complement its existing technologies, as and when appropriate. The Company believes that new digital applications and products for its existing customer base, along with opportunities to enter into new markets not currently served by the Company, will give the Company the benefit of additional revenues in both the short term and the long term.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company believes that the advancements in digital technology transforming the information processing industry are creating opportunities for the Company. The Company intends to utilize its research and development capabilities, its solid technology platforms, its well established product lines and its strong customer relationships to enhance its position as a leader in the information processing industry, providing innovative, cost-effective system solutions to its customers' information processing needs. To achieve its objectives, the Company intends to focus on the following elements.

* REFINING PRODUCT PORTFOLIO -- Included in the Company's 1995 special charges were costs associated with exiting lines of business which the Company believes will not satisfy its goal of profitable growth and generating cash flows. Following the Distribution, the Company will continue to examine intensively its product portfolio and make adjustments when necessary to insure that all of its resources are focused on the Company's objective of consistent, profitable growth. Resources freed from less profitable product lines will then be available for new business growth opportunities.

* STREAMLINING OPERATIONS AND REDUCING COSTS -- The Company recently has taken a number of steps to streamline its operating structure and reduce operating costs, including reducing its employment levels by offering various voluntary separation plans to its employees. In addition, the Company has decided to consolidate various manufacturing facilities and has commenced preparations to close or downsize certain facilities and utilize efficient outsourcing. Following the Distribution, the Company will continue its efforts to streamline its management structure, consolidate administrative functions and facilitate communications among various parts of the organization so as to enable the Company to respond quickly to the rapidly changing needs of its customers. In this regard, the Company intends to intensively review the alternatives for further improving its manufacturing, sales and distribution activities, both from a customer responsiveness and a cost effectiveness point of view, with a goal of reducing costs, improving profit margins and facilitating fast paced decision making, so as to better enable the Company to respond quickly to the rapidly changing needs of its customers.

* EXPANDING CUSTOMER FOCUS -- The Company will focus on understanding the information processing challenges of both its existing and potential customers. By utilizing its core competencies

37

in product development, as well as database marketing and electronic interactive communications, the Company will strive to provide more timely solutions tailored to each customer's needs, thereby enhancing its opportunities for growth and its ability to satisfy its current large customer base. The goal of the Company is to be perceived by its customers as responsive and committed to their needs.

* IMPROVING CASH FLOWS -- An improved focus on cash flows is a critical component of the Company's strategy for future growth and diversification. To achieve this objective, the Company will instill in its employees a strong focus on cash flow management and educate them regarding how their actions and decisions impact the Company's cash flows. In this regard, the Company has begun to take a number of actions, including: (i) revising financial measurements to focus on cash flows management, including adoption of the concept of "Economic Profit" (the measurement of income from operations after tax and after deducting interest and a return to shareholders), and using such measurements as a factor in determining employee compensation, (ii) adjusting the evaluation process for capital expenditures to focus on the near term cash return, reflecting the short life cycle of the Company's high technology products, and (iii) recognizing the cash impact of reducing working capital by re-engineering the entire supply chain process (the period of time from the procurement of raw materials, through manufacturing and delivery of the Company's products to its customers, and finally to the receipt of payment from the customer), and establishing one organization within the Company to focus on reducing this "cycle time." The Company is confident that these and other steps to be taken in the future will result in improved cash flow.

* EXPANDING INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS -- The Company believes that there are significant growth opportunities outside the United States. Accordingly, the Company intends over the next several years to seek to take advantage of these opportunities for growth by expanding its international operations. A key strength of the Company lies in its global distribution and sales network, and its long-standing relationships with multi national customers which will facilitate this expansion. The Company has streamlined management of its international operations and has organized those operations into two key areas, Europe/Middle East/Africa and Latin America/Asia/Canada. Global growth strategies will be driven through these two focused organizations.

* CAPITALIZING ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGIES TO PROVIDE CUSTOMER SOLUTIONS -- The Company has significant proprietary technologies in information processing. While part of 3M, the Company acquired hundreds of patents, which are assigned or exclusively licensed to the Company by 3M in certain fields of use. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Intellectual Property Agreement." Following the Distribution, the Company will continue to focus significant efforts on the development of new products utilizing these core technologies and systems. As described in the section entitled "BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY -- Customer Applications" the Company has been successful in this regard in recent years with the introduction of its DryView(tm) and Travan(tm) branded products. In addition, the Company intends over time to increase the development of new products designed to help position itself as a provider of comprehensive, integrated solutions to the information processing industry. As part of its strategy, the Company also intends to explore the acquisition of new technologies through strategic alliances, acquisitions or licensing.

* ENCOURAGING EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP -- A key strategy and objective of the Company is encouraging and increasing employee stock ownership as an incentive toward consistent, profitable growth. The Company believes that this will help drive cost reductions, quality improvement and growth leading to achievement of Company objectives. As described under "MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY -- Retirement Investment Plan," an employee stock ownership plan will be implemented which is expected to lead over time to employee stock ownership (directly or beneficially) of approximately 4 percent of the Company's outstanding shares.

38

CUSTOMER APPLICATIONS

The Company's products are market leaders in the conventional/analog processes for recording, manipulation and storage of data and images. While these established products generate a substantial portion of the Company's revenues, the Company seeks to leverage its existing market positions and to continually develop and market new products and solutions to serve the changing needs of its customers. With the industry's evolution to information processing systems based on digital technologies, the Company is focusing its efforts on developing solution-based products utilizing proprietary digital technologies and providing more complete solutions to its customers' information processing needs. Set forth below is a description of the products and services presently offered by the Company. See Note 8 to NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS for the revenues derived from each class of products.

INFORMATION PROCESSING, MANAGEMENT AND STORAGE APPLICATIONS

The Company is the world's largest supplier and developer of branded removable data storage media, in both magnetic and optical formats. It is recognized as the worldwide preferred supplier, based on its reputation for reliability and convenience. The Company also is a supplier of CD-ROM replication and software services provided to software developers. The Company's products include:

* Diskettes (3.5 inch, 5.25 inch and 8 inch) used for personal file storage, for backup and for exchange of data. Diskettes are used primarily in desktop and mobile personal computer systems, and also in workstations, word processors and computer control equipment. In April, the Company began shipment of a 120 MB 3.5 inch diskette, the LS-120 diskette, which provides 80 times the storage capacity of a standard diskette. The LS-120 diskette has been developed as part of the Laser Servo 120 MB program in which the Company, Compaq Computer Corporation and MKE are co-development partners. Under the present arrangement between the parties, Compaq markets computer systems which incorporate LS-120 drives manufactured by MKE and which may include a Company brand LS-120 pack-in diskette and a coupon towards the purchase of additional LS-120 diskettes.

* Data cartridge and Travan(tm) cartridge products used for backup of data from hard disk storage systems and for applications in which large volumes of information that do not need to be retrieved on a frequent basis. Travan(tm) cartridges more than double the storage capacity of the prior mini-cartridge, which is the most popular tape cartridge storage media today. Used primarily on desktop personal computer systems, local area networks and workstation computer systems, the Travan(tm) cartridges make up a family of innovative products that were introduced in 1995 through the joint efforts of 3M, Sony and a group of drive manufacturers. 3M has, and following the Distribution the Company will continue to, maintain relationships with these and other companies regarding the production and joint marketing of compatible drives and cartridge storage media and the development of future versions of the technology.

* Computer cartridge tapes used for near-line data storage and retrieval, mass storage and archival storage of data. Large cartridge tapes are used primarily on enterprise computer systems and in data library systems that store very large volumes of data. The smaller 4 mm and 8 mm cartridges are used primarily in workstations and mid-size computer systems and networks for backup and other data storage applications.

* Rewritable optical disks including magneto-optical (90mm and 130mm), phase change disks and CD recordable disks used for the storage of data and images on personal computers, workstations and local area networks. These disks are also used in library systems for mid-range computer installations.

* CD-ROM products are produced on a made to order basis and are used for the distribution of data and software to the personal computer and mid-range markets.

INFORMATION AND PRINTING APPLICATIONS

The Company manufactures and markets products and provides service and technical support for the printing, publishing and graphic arts markets. Its diverse product line includes conventional color proofing systems, digital color proofing systems and software, digital storage systems, laser films and

39

image setting materials, metal and polyester printing plates, graphic arts films, photographic chemicals and miscellaneous supplies. The Company also markets carbonless paper products, such as multi-part business forms. The Company has strong leadership positions in certain product areas, including the Matchprint(tm) color proofing system, an industry standard for more than 20 years. More recently, the Rainbow color proofing system, which provides color proofs from digital data before a job is put on a printing press, also has established a leadership role, winning both industry awards and acceptance as the digital proofer of choice among many graphic arts professionals.

The Company's printing and publishing systems products are marketed globally, with approximately 40 percent of its business derived from outside the United States. This percentage is expected to grow in future years.

Products designed for printing and publishing applications are changing rapidly in association with the digital/electronic communication revolution in the information processing industry. This "digitization" of the image reproduction process has greatly affected the work methods and work flow of many of the Company's customers. Although short-run color print jobs are on the rise and conventional lithographic printing will continue, in the Company's judgment, to exist well into the next century, rapid changes are occurring in the pre-press area of the graphic arts work processes. Desktop workstations, the acceptance of digital proofing and the emergence and growth of "filmless" and chemical-free (thus, environmentally attractive) printing processes all serve to streamline the graphic arts process. The Company believes it is well-positioned to take advantage of the industry transformation to digital systems. In addition to the products mentioned above that carry leadership roles, the Company has the technologies, color science expertise and industry relationships to aggressively pursue emerging opportunities.

MEDICAL AND PHOTO IMAGING APPLICATIONS

The Company develops, manufactures and markets diagnostic imaging film, film processors and imaging systems for both X-ray and electronic imaging systems. The Company participates in the conventional X-ray film market and is the world's leading supplier of high-quality laser imagers for producing medical diagnostic images directly from MRI, CT, ultrasound, nuclear and other electronic systems, with more than 7,000 laser imagers installed worldwide. In December 1995, the Company announced a new line of DryView(tm) laser imagers that produce high-quality film images without using standard wet chemistry through a specially designed photothermographic process. Since no wet chemistry is involved, the DryView(tm) laser imagers represent a significant technological breakthrough and offer significant cost savings, productivity gains and environmental benefits to the health care industry. Through a strategic alliance among the Company, Hewlett-Packard and Cemax-Icon, hardware and software solutions are provided to clients that help them manage, distribute and archive their medical images. Under the alliance, the Company sells its DryView(tm) product and other medical imaging equipment and Hewlett-Packard supplies its computer hardware stations to Cemax-Icon which redistributes such products on an integrated basis with its own software products. This is an example of linking newly developed imaging solutions based on the Company's technology platforms with the expanding requirements for digitization and information access.

The Company's customers include major hospital network buying groups as well as individual hospitals and medical imaging centers. Hospital administrators and materials managers, radiology administrators and radiologists represent the key customer decision makers. Geographically, approximately 40% of the Company's medical imaging business is in the United States. The major industrial countries in Europe, Latin America and Japan account for the remainder of the business.

The Company is one of the world's leading suppliers of private label film for the amateur photography retail market. The Company's primary geographic markets for color photographic film are the United States and Europe, representing 70% of the global demand for film. The Company manufactures a complete line of print and slide films which fit in standard 35mm, 110, and 126 cameras used by consumers globally. The Company has recently added single use cameras to its product line which are sold preloaded with the Company's ISO 400 speed film. Single use cameras represent a high growth segment of the consumer film market. The Company's color print film can be found in more than 125 private label brands, as well as 3M's Scotch brand. The Company will continue to use certain 3M trademarks and tradenames including the Scotch brand for a period of time following the Distribution.

40

See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Intellectual Property Agreement." These products and brands are positioned as a high value, comparable quality alternative to global brands such as Kodak and Fuji.

INFORMATION PROCESSOR SERVICE APPLICATIONS

The Company's team of field service technicians provides technical servicing and other post-sale technical support for equipment sold by the Company in the information processing industry. The Company offers superior customer service for its products by providing a 24 hour information and customer support hotline. Customers also benefit from user-friendly product documentation and training programs in a variety of languages. The Company also supplies systems and user support services to meet engineering document management needs, produces and distributes continuous and high-contrast black-and-white dry photographic papers and films, and currently is developing a proprietary, software-based scheduling system that will help other companies efficiently schedule field service technicians. These services and support will be extended aggressively to customers of all the Company's product line and into new markets to generate additional profits and customer satisfaction.

COMPETITION

The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. The Company's principal competitors include large, well capitalized technology companies based in the United States, Europe and Japan. These competitors include Eastman Kodak, Fuji Photo Film, Sony, Agfa, Polaroid Corp., Konica, KAO and Du Pont. The Company also competes in certain product markets with smaller, more specialized firms such as Polychrome Corp. and Scitex America Corp. Businesses in the information processing industry compete on a variety of factors such as price, value, product quality, customer service, breadth of product line and availability of system solutions. In these highly competitive and rapidly changing markets, the Company intends to compete by emphasizing its global distribution network, streamlining its supply operations, reducing its costs and building on its industry leadership positions by developing new products and services to address the digital environment and the information processing needs of its customers.

DISTRIBUTOR CHANNELS

The Company's products are sold directly to users and through numerous wholesalers, retailers, jobbers, distributors and dealers in approximately 65 countries. The Company believes it has one of the strongest global distribution networks serving the information processing industry. The Company also plans to utilize 3M as a sales agent to cover selected channels of distribution on an interim basis following the Distribution. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Supply, Service, Contract Manufacturing and Sales Agency Agreements." However, it is the Company's intention to explore all avenues of distribution and to put in place, following the Distribution, the most cost-effective channels of distribution.

RAW MATERIALS

The Company experienced no significant or unusual problems in the purchase of raw materials during 1995. 3M will continue to be a major supplier of certain raw materials and services to the Company after the Distribution. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Supply,
Service, Contract Manufacturing and Sales Agency Agreements."

RESEARCH AND PATENTS

Research and product development have historically played an important role in the Company's activities. The Company has research laboratories for the improvement of its existing products and development of new products. The Company's expenditures for research and development activities were $222 million, $211 million and $217 million for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

The Company has been granted rights, on both exclusive and non-exclusive bases, from 3M and others which will enable it to continue to use the intellectual property presently utilized by the Transferred Businesses. The Company does not consider that its business as a whole is materially

41

dependent upon any one patent, license or trade secret or any group of related patents, licenses or trade secrets, except with respect to those rights granted from 3M. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION --
Intellectual Property Agreement."

MANUFACTURING

The Company operates 17 manufacturing, research and distribution facilities throughout the world. The Company's plants are generally operated around the clock at or near full capacity to minimize unit production costs and to fulfill customer demands.

The Company is in the process of consolidating manufacturing by centralizing such operations into the United States and Italy. This consolidation is intended to reduce costs and improve quality by allowing the Company to adjust its capacity to current needs and take advantage of the facilities with the most advanced quality management system.

The core manufacturing competencies of the Company include coating, fine chemical production for photographic film, state-of-the-art molding capabilities, hardware prototyping and unit cost reduction. These competencies, combined with the Company's research and development competencies of materials science, color management, hardcopy imaging, magnetic and optical recording give the Company a strong technological base to take advantage of the opportunities in the evolving information processing industry.

PROPERTIES

The Company's headquarters are located in Oakdale, Minnesota. The Company's major facilities (all of which are owned by the Company, except where noted), and the products manufactured at such facilities are as follows:

 FACILITY                                PRODUCTS

DOMESTIC
Camarillo, California                    Data tape
Fremont, California (leased)             CD-ROM
Middleway, W. Virginia                   Printing plates
Nekoosa, Wisconsin                       Carbonless paper
Oakdale, Minnesota                       Headquarters
Pine City, Minnesota                     Micrographic cards
Rochester, New York                      Printing plates and graphic film
St. Paul, Minnesota (leased)             Laboratory facilities
Tucson, Arizona                          Data tape
Vadnais Heights, Minnesota (leased)      Optical
Wahpeton, North Dakota                   Diskettes/molding
Weatherford, Oklahoma                    Diskettes/photographic film
White City, Oregon                       Imagers/X-ray films

INTERNATIONAL
Bracknell, United Kingdom                Administrative
Ferrania, Italy                          X-ray films/photographic film
Florida, Argentina                       X-ray films
Harlow, United Kingdom                   Research facility
London, Ontario                          Administrative
Sulmona, Italy                           Printing plates

EMPLOYEES

As of March 31, 1996, the Company had approximately 12,000 employees, approximately 7,500 in the United States and 4,500 internationally. The Company has begun the process of streamlining operations which will result in a significant reduction in the number of employees required for operations. As a first step, several voluntary separation plans recently have been offered to the Company's employees. After the Distribution, it is expected that the Company will have less than 10,000

42

direct employees as a result of the above actions. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company has assumed substantially all liabilities for legal proceedings relating to the Transferred Businesses. As a result, although 3M is the named defendant, the Company is the party in interest and is herein described as a defendant.

The Company is a party to various legal proceedings and administrative actions, all of which are of an ordinary or routine nature incidental to the operations of the Company. In the opinion of the Company's management, such proceedings and actions should not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Company's operations are subject to a wide range of environmental protection laws. The Company has remedial and investigatory activities underway at some of its current facilities. Under the Environmental Matters Agreement, the Company will assume and indemnify 3M for all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from (i) operations at the Company's facilities as conducted before the Closing Date; (ii) the disposal of hazardous materials, from the Company's facilities, before the Distribution Date, at Superfund Sites, where such liabilities are discovered after the Distribution Date; or (iii) operations of the Transferred Businesses on and after the Distribution Date. 3M has agreed to retain responsibility for environmental liabilities relating to former premises which may have been associated with the Transferred Businesses and known Superfund sites associated with the current properties of the Transferred Businesses.

It is the Company's policy to accrue environmental remediation costs if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability is reasonably estimable. As assessments and remediations proceed, these accruals are reviewed periodically and adjusted, if necessary, as additional information becomes available. The accruals for these liabilities can change due to such factors as additional information on the nature or extent of contamination, methods of remediation required, the allocated share of responsibility among other parties, if applicable, and other actions by governmental agencies or private parties. However, it is often difficult to estimate the future impact of environmental matters, including potential liabilities.

As of March 31, 1996, the Company had reserved approximately $6.5 million with respect to environmental liabilities. Although the Company believes that its reserves are adequate, there can be no assurance that the amount of expenses relating to remedial actions and compliance with applicable environmental laws will not exceed the amounts reflected in the Company's reserves. The Company believes that such additional charges, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION -- Environmental Matters Agreement."

43

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

DIRECTORS

As of the Distribution Date, the Board of Directors of the Company consists of three persons, each of whom has been elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders indicated below and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. The following table sets forth information concerning the individuals who will serve as directors of the Company following the Distribution.

                              TERM EXPIRES AT
NAME                  AGE    ANNUAL MEETING IN
William T. Monahan     49
Linda W. Hart          56
Daryl J. White         48

The Board of Directors is presently being selected. The Board will consist of a majority of outside directors who are familiar with the industry in which the Company operates and with financial operations similar to the Company. The Board is expected to be diverse, with a maximum of 16 directors.

WILLIAM T. MONAHAN will serve as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Since June 1993 he has served as Group Vice President responsible for the Electro and Communication Group of 3M and from May 1992 to May 1993, he was Senior Managing Director of 3M Italy. From September 1989 to May 1992, Mr. Monahan was Vice President of Data Storage Products.

LINDA W. HART is Vice-Chairman of Hart Group, Inc., a diversified group of companies primarily involved in insulation manufacturing and residential and commercial services. Prior to joining Hart Group in 1990, Ms. Hart was a partner of the law firm of Vinson & Elkins from July 1986 to January 1990. Ms. Hart is a former director of both Conner Peripherals, Inc. and WordPerfect Corporation and a current director of each of the Hart Group companies, Hart Group, Inc. (management services and investments), Rmax, Inc. (insulation manufacturing) and Axon, Inc. (residential and commercial services).

DARYL J. WHITE served as the Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Compaq Computer Corporation, a computer equipment manufacturer, from 1988 to May 1996. Prior to such time, he held the positions of Corporate Controller and Director of Information Management at Compaq. Mr.White is also currently the Chairman of the Board of Pinnacle Micro, Inc.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors of the Company is expected to establish an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee.

The Audit Committee will, among other things, recommend the appointment of independent public accountants; review the scope of the annual audit, including fees and staffing; review the independence of the independent accountants; review nonaudit services provided by the independent accountants; review findings and recommendations of independent accountants and management's response; review the internal audit and control function; and review compliance with the Company's ethical business practices policy.

The Compensation Committee will review management compensation programs, approve compensation changes for senior executive officers, review compensation changes for senior management, and administer stock option plans and other performance based compensation plans.

The Nominating and Governance Committee will act to select and recommend candidates to the Board of Directors to be submitted for election at the annual meeting. The Committee will also review and make recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning the composition and size of the Board and its Committees, frequency of meetings, directors' fees, and similar subjects; review and make recommendations concerning retirement and tenure policy for Board members; recommend proxies for meetings at which directors are elected; approve programs for senior management succession; evaluate performance of the Board as a whole; and consider and approve corporate governance principles.

44

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

The Company intends to pay to directors who are not employees of the Company ("Non-Employee Directors") an annual fee of $40,000, subject to the terms of the 1996 Directors Stock Compensation Program (the "Directors Program") described below. The Company intends to pay Non-Employee Directors an additional $2,500 for each meeting they attend in excess of four meetings per year, and to Non-Employee Directors who are Committee chairmen, an additional $5,000 per year. In addition, the Company intends to match up to $15,000 of charitable contributions made to a Code section 501(c)(3) organization by each Non-Employee Director per year. Directors are reimbursed for all reasonable travel and other expenses of attending meetings of the Board or a Committee thereof.

DIRECTORS STOCK COMPENSATION PROGRAM

The Company has adopted the Directors Program, which was approved by 3M, the Company's sole stockholder as of the Distribution Date, and will become effective as of the consummation of the Distribution (the "Effective Date"). The Directors Program will provide nonemployee directors of the Company (each an "Eligible Director") with automatic grants of stock options ("Options") and units equivalent to shares of Common Stock ("Restricted Share Units").

The purpose of the Directors Program is to attract and retain well-qualified persons for service as nonemployee directors of the Company and to promote identity of interest between directors and stockholders of the Company. The Directors Program is designed and intended to comply with Rule 16b-3, promulgated under the Exchange Act ("Rule 16b-3"). The Directors Program will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.

Under the Program, a maximum of 800,000 shares of Common Stock, consisting of authorized and unissued shares or of treasury shares, will be available for issuance during the term of the Directors Program. These shares are subject to adjustments in the event of any recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Common Stock.

Pursuant to the Program, Eligible Directors will generally be entitled to options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock for each year of service. Specifically, on the Effective Date, each Eligible Director and, thereafter, each new Eligible Director who has not previously been granted Options under the Directors Program, will automatically be issued an Option pursuant to the Program to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 30,000 multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of years of such Eligible Director's term of office and the denominator of which is three. Each reelected Eligible Director will automatically be issued an Option to purchase 30,000 shares of Common Stock as of the date such Eligible Director is reelected. Options will be granted at an option price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

Each Option will vest and become exercisable as to 10,000 of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Option on each anniversary of the date of grant, provided that all outstanding and previously unvested Options of an Eligible Director will immediately vest and become fully exercisable upon the Eligible Director's death or disability, or upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Program). If an Eligible Director otherwise terminates service as an Eligible Director, any Options that have not become exercisable will be forfeited as of the date of such termination of service.

On the Effective Date and each anniversary thereof during the term of the Program, each Eligible Director will automatically be granted, in lieu of 25% of his or her annual retainer fee for services as a director of the Company, a number of Restricted Share Units calculated by dividing 25% of such director's annual retainer fee by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant. The value of any fractional Restricted Share Units will be paid in cash.

Dividend equivalents will be credited to each Eligible Director's Restricted Share Units during his or her term of office, and will be converted into additional Restricted Share Units. Upon ceasing to be a member of the Board, the Restricted Share Units credited to each Eligible Director will be paid to him or her in the form of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Restricted Share Units so credited.

45

In the event of any recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Common Stock, the maximum number or class of shares available under the Directors Program, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Options and the number of Restricted Share Units to be credited pursuant to the terms of the Directors Program will be adjusted by the Committee to reflect any such change in the number or class of shares of Common Stock.

The Directors Program may be amended or terminated by the Board, provided that
(a) no amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the exemptions available under Rule 16b-3 to be applicable to the Directors Program will be effective without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, and (b) the Directors Program will not be amended more than once every six months, other than to conform with changes in the Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES. The grant of Options will create no tax consequences to the Eligible Directors or to the Company. Upon exercise of an Option, the difference between the option price and the fair market value at the time of exercise is treated as ordinary income to the Eligible Director and the Company is entitled to a deduction for the same amount. Gain or loss upon a subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of an Option is taxed as capital gain or loss to the participant (long-term or short-term, depending upon the holding period of the stock sold).

An Eligible Director will not realize taxable income and the Company will not be entitled to a deduction upon the crediting of Restricted Share Units. When the Restricted Share Units are paid to the Eligible Director in the form of shares of Common Stock, the Eligible Director will realize ordinary taxable income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock at the time of payment, and the Company will be entitled to a deduction in the same amount.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

1996 DIRECTORS STOCK COMPENSATION PROGRAM

                                             NUMBER OF
NAME AND POSITION                             OPTIONS

Non-Executive Director Group (2
 persons)                                      30,000

No Options have been issued yet under the Director Plan. The number of options listed above is the number of options that the Non-Employee Directors will receive as of the Distribution Date.

The Directors Program has been included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Information Statement forms a part. The preceding description is subject in all respects to the provisions of the Directors Program.

46

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the persons who will serve as executive officers of the Company following the Distribution. Each such person has been elected to the indicated office with the Company on or prior to the Distribution Date and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company.

NAME                          AGE                       POSITIONS
William T. Monahan            49    Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                     Executive Officer

Carolyn A. Bates              49    General Counsel and Secretary

Jill D. Burchill              41    Chief Financial Officer

Dr. Krzysztof K. Burhardt     54    Vice President -- Technology Development

Wilmer G. DeBoer              51    General Manager -- Customer Support Technology
                                     and Document Imaging

Dennis A. Farmer              52    Vice President -- Corporate Marketing and Public
                                     Affairs

David G. Mell                 49    Vice President -- Corporate Business Processes

Richard W. Northrop           58    Vice President -- Europe

Charles D. Oesterlein         53    Vice President -- Operations

Clifford T. Pinder            49    Vice President -- Operations

Michael E. Sheridan           51    Vice President -- Operations

James R. Stewart              39    Corporate Controller

Deborah D. Weiss              40    Treasurer

David H. Wenck                52    Vice President, International

Set forth below is a description of the position presently held with the Company by each executive officer, as well as positions held with 3M prior to the Distribution Date.

WILLIAM T. MONAHAN will serve as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. From June 1993 to the Distribution Date, he was Group Vice President responsible for the Electro and Communications Group and from May 1992 to May 1993, he was Senior Managing Director of 3M Italy. From September 1989 to May 1992, he was Vice President of Data Storage Products.

CAROLYN A. BATES will serve as General Counsel and Secretary. From 1991 to the Distribution Date, she was Assistant Chief Intellectual Property Counsel.

JILL D. BURCHILL will serve as the Chief Financial Officer. From April 1995 to the Distribution Date, she was Sector Controller for 3M's Information, Imaging and Electronic Sector. From May 1993 to April 1995, she was Group Controller for the Memory Technology Group and from July 1990 to May 1993, she was Financial Manager for the Audio/Video Products Division.

DR. KRZYSZTOF K. BURHARDT will serve as Vice President, Technology Development. From July 1991 to the Distribution Date, he was Research and Development Vice President for 3M's Information, Imaging and Electronic Sector.

WILMER G. DEBOER will serve as General Manager, Customer Support Technology and Document Imaging. From July 1993 to the Distribution Date, he was Global Field Service Director and Business Director of 3M's Document Systems Department. From April 1990 to June 1993, he was Manufacturing Director for 3M's Engineering Document Systems Division.

DENNIS A. FARMER will serve as Vice President, Corporate Marketing and Public Affairs. From March 1994 to the Distribution Date, he was Vice President of Data Storage Markets and from May 1992 to February 1994, he was General Manager of Data Storage Markets Division. From February 1991 to January 1992, he was Sales Department Manager of Data Storage Products. From July 1988 to January 1991, he was Group Director, Europe, for the Memory Technology Group.

DAVID G. MELL will serve as Vice President, Corporate Business Processes. He was Vice President of Data Storage Tape Technology from May 1995 to the Distribution Date, Vice President of Data Storage Diskette and Optical Technology from March 1994 to April 1995, and General Manager of Data Storage Diskette and Optical Technology Division from May 1992 to February 1994. He was Department Manager of 3M's Computer Tape Technology Department Data Storage Products from September 1989 to April 1992.

47

RICHARD W. NORTHROP will serve as Vice President in charge of the Company's European operations. He was a Managing Director of European operations for 3M's Printing Systems, Hardgoods and Electronic Businesses from January 1994 through the Distribution Date, a Managing Director of European operations for 3M's Hardgood and Electronic Businesses from January 1992 through December 1993 and a Director of 3M's Information and Imaging Divisions from January 1991 through December 1992.

CHARLES D. OESTERLEIN will serve as Vice President, Operations. From 1994 to the Distribution Date, he was Vice President of Printing and Publishing Systems and from 1992 to 1994, he was General Manager of Audio and Video Technology. From 1989 to 1992, he was Department Manager of 3M's Data Storage Products Division.

CLIFFORD T. PINDER will serve as Vice President, Operations. From March 1994 to the Distribution Date, he was Vice President of Medical Imaging Systems and from July 1993 to March 1994, he was Vice President of Photo Color Systems. From November 1991 to June 1993, he was General Manager of 3M's Photo Color Systems and from 1986 to 1990, he was Managing Director of 3M Puerto Rico.

MICHAEL E. SHERIDAN will serve as Vice President, Operations. He was General Manager of Data Storage Diskette Technology from May 1995 to the Distribution Date, Director of Sumitomo/3M's MTG Technology and Special Projects from July 1993 to April 1995 and Group Director of 3M Europe's Memory Technologies Group from May 1990 to July 1993.

JAMES R. STEWART will serve as Corporate Controller. From July 1995 to the Distribution Date, he was Group Controller for 3M's Memory Technologies Group and from March 1992 to July 1995, he was Medical Group Controller -- Europe. From September 1989 to March 1992, he was the Financial Manager for the Commercial Office Supply Division.

DEBORAH D. WEISS will serve as Treasurer. From 1988 to the Distribution Date, she was Manager of 3M's Benefit Funds Investment.

DAVID H. WENCK will serve as Vice President in charge of the Company's international operations. From May 1995 to the Distribution Date, he was General Manager of 3M's Data Storage Optical Technology Division. From December 1994 to April 1995, he was Department Manager of 3M's Software Media and CD-ROM Services Department and from July 1986 to September 1994, he was Project Manager of 3M's Optical Recording Project. From October 1981 to January 1986, he was Managing Director of 3M's Singapore operations.

48

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

All of the information set forth in the following tables reflects compensation earned based on services rendered to 3M by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly paid executive officers. The services rendered to 3M were, in many cases, in capacities not equivalent to those to be provided to the Company. Therefore, these tables may not reflect the compensation to be paid executive officers of the Company.

The following table summarizes compensation paid to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly paid executive officers based on services rendered to 3M in 1995.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                                                          LONG-TERM COMPENSATION (1)
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION (1)                     AWARDS                PAYOUTS
                                --------------------------------------   --------------------------   -------------
                                                                            PROFIT
                                                                           SHARING
                                                                            STOCK       OPTIONS        PERFORMANCE
                                               PROFIT         OTHER      (RESTRICTED    GRANTED         UNIT PLAN
                                               SHARING        ANNUAL        STOCK       (NUMBER           (LTIP)       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION       SALARY     (BONUS)(2)   COMPENSATION    AWARDS)     OF SHARES)(3)     PAYOUTS(4)   COMPENSATION(5)
W.T. Monahan,                    $236,025     $124,964          --            0          11,948          $45,980        $14,455
 Chief Executive Officer
K.K. Burhardt,                   $196,500     $ 90,607          --            0          13,615          $45,980        $16,039
 Vice President --
 Research and Development
C.D. Oesterlein,                 $174,400     $ 35,014          --            0           4,800          $37,620        $17,065
 Vice President -- Operations
D.G. Mell,                       $164,870     $ 46,317          --            0           4,800          $37,620        $13,479
 Vice President --
 Corporate Business Processes
D.A. Farmer,                     $161,315     $ 45,885          --            0           4,800          $37,620        $17,936
 Vice President --
 Corporate Marketing

(1) The amounts shown in the Summary Compensation Table do not include amounts expensed for financial reporting purposes under 3M's pension plan. This plan is a defined benefit plan. The amounts shown in the table do, however, include those amounts voluntarily deferred by the named individuals under 3M's Deferred Compensation Plan. The Deferred Compensation Plan allows management personnel to defer portions of current base salary, profit sharing and performance unit compensation earned during the year.

(2) The amounts shown under the headings "Profit Sharing (Bonus)" are cash payments received under 3M's Profit Sharing Plan. The term "(Bonus)" is included to satisfy the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). These payments are based upon 3M's performance and are variable in accordance with a predetermined formula. 3M's Profit Sharing Plan provides for quarterly payments (in cash, or, as determined by 3M, in 3M common stock) based upon net income after deducting an allowance for a predetermined 10 percent annual rate of return on stockholder equity and is determined by multiplying the number of profit sharing units awarded to an individual by this quarterly net income, after deduction, divided by the number of the outstanding shares of 3M's Common Stock. Because of the required minimum return on stockholder equity, profit sharing tends to rise and fall relatively more sharply than changes in net income. The number of profit sharing units awarded to the individuals named is determined by 3M and is intended to reflect the level of responsibility of the respective individual. Profit sharing payments are subject to limitations when individual amounts exceed specified relationships to base salary.

(3) The number of stock options shown in this column includes both annual grants of incentive and nonqualified stock options and Progressive Stock Options ("PSOs"), which are described more fully in footnote 1 of the table entitled "Option Grants In Last Fiscal Year (1995)." Although these stock options are forfeitable by these participants upon termination of employment with 3M, the Compensation Committee of the 3M Board of Directors has decided to continue these options for the benefit of the participants during the continued employment of the participants by the Company, adjusted as set forth in "TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEE OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK IN THE DISTRIBUTION," pursuant to the terms of the original grants under 3M's option plans.

(4) "LTIP Payouts" reflects the value of the total grant for each individual under 3M's Performance Unit Plan after the three year performance period (e.g., for 1995, the performance period is 1993-1995), but no amount

49

will be paid to these individuals under the grant for an additional three years pursuant to the terms of the grant. The numbers shown represent estimates based upon information available as of February 29, 1996. During this additional three year period, interest will be paid at a rate determined by 3M's "return on capital employed" performance. More specific information about 3M's Performance Unit Plan is set forth in footnote
[001f](1) to the table entitled "Long-Term Incentive Plans Awards In Last Fiscal Year (1995)." Although these rights are forfeitable by these participants upon termination of employment with 3M, the Compensation Committee of the 3M Board of Directors has decided to continue these rights for the benefit of the participants during the continued employment of the participants by the Company, pursuant to the terms of the original grants under the operative 3M plan.

(5) "All Other Compensation" includes: (a) that amount of Performance Unit Plan earnings allocated during the year to the base amounts determined after the three year performance periods of each respective grant, to the extent that such earnings are in excess of market interest rates (as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission); and (b) that amount deemed to be compensation to the individuals under 3M's Senior Executive Split Dollar Plan in accordance with rules developed by the SEC. The Senior Executive Split Dollar Plan provides insurance to all of 3M's executive officers under split dollar life insurance, which is partly term insurance and partly whole life insurance with a cash value. Under this plan, 3M is reimbursed for the premium costs of the non-term portion of coverage and a possible return when the arrangement terminates either by insurance proceeds incident to the death of the individual or by cash value after 15 years of participation in the plan. During 1995, amounts deemed compensation under the plan to the named executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table were $8,976 for Mr. Monahan; $10,560 for Dr. Burhardt; $17,065 for Mr. Oesterlein; $13,479 for Mr. Mell; and $17,936 for Mr. Farmer. These amounts were determined by treating the non-term portion of the coverage as an interest-free loan.

STOCK OPTIONS TABLE

The following table shows for each person named in the Summary Compensation Table the specified information with respect to 3M stock option grants during 1995. Since this compensation was received by the named individuals for services rendered to 3M which are not equivalent, in many cases, to those to be provided the Company, this table may not reflect the compensation to be paid executive officers of the Company.

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR (1995)

                                      INDIVIDUAL
                                     GRANTS % OF
                                        TOTAL
                                       OPTIONS                                     GRANTED DATE VALUE
                                      GRANTED TO      EXERCISE OR                     GRANTED DATE
                      OPTIONS         EMPLOYEES       BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION          PRESENT
NAME               GRANTED(#) (1)   IN FISCAL YEAR    ($/SH.) (2)       DATE            VALUE (3)
W.T. Monahan           9,600            0.223%          $59.60        5-09-2005         $131,424
                       1,436            0.033%          $57.10        5-05-2000         $ 13,556
                         912            0.021%          $57.10        5-11-2001         $  8,609

K.K. Burhardt          4,800            0.112%          $59.60        5-09-2005         $ 65,712
                         141            0.003%          $61.40        5-12-1997         $  1,771
                         882            0.021%          $61.40        5-10-1998         $ 11,078
                       1,302            0.030%          $61.40        5-05-2000         $ 16,353
                       2,086            0.049%          $61.40        5-11-2001         $ 26,200
                       1,914            0.045%          $61.40        5-10-2002         $ 24,040
                       2,490            0.058%          $61.40        5-07-2004         $ 31,274

C.D. Oesterlein        4,800            0.112%          $59.60        5-09-2005         $ 65,712

D.G. Mell              4,800            0.112%          $59.60        5-09-2005         $ 65,712

D.A. Farmer            4,800            0.112%          $59.60        5-09-2005         $ 65,712

(1) In connection with the Distribution, all outstanding and unexercised 3M options, will be appropriately adjusted to reflect the Distribution. See "TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEE OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK IN THE DISTRIBUTION."

3M does not grant any stock appreciation rights ("SARs"). The options shown for each individual include both annual grants of Incentive Stock Options and nonqualified stock options and grants of PSO's. Nonqualified

50

options are subject to a reload feature when exercised with the payment of the option price in the form of previously owned shares of 3M's common stock. Such an exercise results in further grants of PSO's. The first grant shown for each individual is the annual grant. The remaining lines are PSO's. The PSO grants for each individual were made on a single date, but are, pursuant to SEC rules, shown in multiple lines because of different expiration dates.

PSO grants were made to participants who exercised nonqualified stock options and who paid the purchase price using shares of previously owned 3M common stock. The PSO grant is for the number of shares equal to the shares utilized in payment of the purchase price and tax withholding, if any. The option price for the PSO is equal to 100 percent of the market value of 3M's common stock on the date of the exercise of the primary option or, alternatively, on the date of the PSO grant to the five named individuals in the Table, all of whom are subject to the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. The option period is equal to the remaining period of the options exercised.

Although these tables reflect the grants of PSO's for those participants eligible for such while employed by 3M during 1995, the 3M Compensation Committee has decided that the named participants will no longer be eligible for subsequent PSO grants after the Distribution Date. All nonqualified options at the Distribution Date may be exercised once thereafter, but 3M will not grant any new or additional options, by way of PSO's or otherwise. All other operative terms of the options listed above will continue past the Distribution Date, so that the options granted under 3M's plans will be exercisable during the continued employment of the participants by the Company, notwithstanding termination of employment with 3M at the Distribution Date, per the original terms of the grants by 3M.

(2) All options granted during the period were granted at the market value on the date of grant of initial grants, or at the fair market values discussed in footnote 1 above in the case of PSO's, as calculated from the average of the high and low prices reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index.

(3) Pursuant to the rules of the SEC, 3M has elected to provide a grant date present value for these option grants determined by a modified Black-Scholes pricing model. Among key assumptions utilized in this pricing model were:
(i) that the time of exercise of Incentive Stock Options would be four years, and of PSOs would be two years, into the term of the option, which could be for terms as long as ten years, in recognition of the historical exercise patterns at 3M for these types of options; (ii) expected volatility of 21.7 percent; (iii) risk-free rate of return of 6.26 percent for two years, and 6.86 percent for four years; and (iv) dividend growth rate of 6.34 percent. No adjustments for non-transferability or risk of forfeiture have been made. 3M voices no opinion that the present value will, in fact, be realized and expressly disclaims any representation to that effect.

OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE

The following table shows for each person named in the Summary Compensation Table the specified information with respect to 3M option exercises during 1995 and the value of unexercised 3M options at the end of 1995.

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR (1995)
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

                                                       NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED             VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                          OPTIONS HELD AT              IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                      SHARES                          FISCAL YEAR-END (#)(2)             FISCAL YEAR-END (1)
                     ACQUIRED          VALUE                                        EXERCISABLE
NAME                ON EXERCISE    REALIZED (1)    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE         (1)          UNEXERCISABLE
W.T. Monahan           3,121         $ 51,455         36,348          11,948          $769,168          $86,818

K.K. Burhardt         10,895          116,251         27,056          13,615           608,935           76,375

C.D. Oesterlein        2,400           38,220         14,400           4,800           222,000           32,520

D.G. Mell              1,600           31,720         16,800           4,800           284,820           32,520

D.A. Farmer              100            3,256         21,548           4,800           443,467           32,520

(1) The "Value Realized" or the unrealized "Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at FY-End" represents the aggregate difference between the market value on the date of exercise or at December 31, 1995, in the case of the unrealized values, and the applicable exercise prices. These differences accumulate over what may be, in many cases, several years. These stock options all have option periods of ten years when first granted, and PSOs have option periods equal to the remaining option period of the initial nonqualified options resulting in PSOs.

(2) See "TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEE OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK IN THE DISTRIBUTION."

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS

The following table shows for each person in the Summary Compensation Table the specified information with respect to awards during 1995 under 3M's Performance Unit Plan. Since this

51

compensation was received by the named individuals for services rendered to 3M which are not equivalent, in many cases, to those to be provided to the Company, this table may not reflect the compensation to be paid executive officers of the Company.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS -- AWARDS
IN LAST FISCAL YEAR (1995)

                                    PERFORMANCE OR
                     NUMBER OF       OTHER PERIOD           ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUT
                   SHARES, UNITS         UNTIL         UNDER NON-STOCK PRICE-BASED PLANS
                      OR OTHER        MATURATION                      (3)
NAME                 RIGHTS (1)      OR PAYOUT (2)    THRESHOLD     TARGET      MAXIMUM
W.T. Monahan            950             6 years           $0        $95,000     $190,000

K.K. Burhardt           550             6 years           $0        $55,000     $110,000

C.D. Oesterlein         550             6 years           $0        $55,000     $110,000

D.G. Mell               550             6 years           $0        $55,000     $110,000

D.A. Farmer             550             6 years           $0        $55,000     $110,000

(1) To date, the 3M Compensation Committee has established the performance goals based on criteria of return on capital employed and sales growth. Performance units awarded to date have been assigned a face value of $100 each. However, the actual amount of the payments is based upon 3M's attainment of the performance goals. If the targets established by the Committee are attained during the performance periods, the performance unit will have a value of $100 at the end of the performance period. If the targets are not attained, the value will be less than $100 and, if exceeded, will be more than $100. The ultimate value of the performance unit can vary from no value to $200, depending upon actual performance.

Payment is contingent upon continued employment to the payment date or earlier retirement under 3M's pension plan. The Compensation Committee of the 3M Board of Directors has decided to extend the rights of these participants going to the Company beyond the Distribution Date during the continued employment of the participants by the Company, pursuant to the terms of the original grants under 3M's Performance Unit Plan.

(2) The value of awards granted for 1995 will be determined by 3M's attainment of return on capital employed and sales growth criteria during a three-year performance period of 1995, 1996 and 1997. However, there will be an additional three-year involuntary holding period thereafter during which the base amounts determined during the performance period will earn interest and remain subject to forfeiture if the participant discontinues employment for any reason other than death, disability or retirement.

(3) The estimated future payouts do not include any interest factor that would be earned annually during the three-year involuntary holding period following the performance period. Interest during the involuntary holding period would accrue annually at a rate equal to 50 percent of the return on capital employed by 3M during the three years and would be payable, together with the base award, in 2001.

TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT

During 1995, three executive officers and directors had loans outstanding with the Eastern Heights State Bank of St. Paul, a subsidiary of 3M. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons of comparable circumstances and did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

The Company expects to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Monahan, which commences as of the Distribution Date for an initial four year term, with automatic one-year renewals commencing as of the second anniversary of the Distribution Date, unless notice not to renew is given by either party. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Monahan will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Company will use its best efforts to have Mr. Monahan elected to the Board. Mr. Monahan will receive an annual base salary at a rate no less than his current rate and an annual incentive bonus which, for the first year, will not be less than a minimum amount to be specified in the agreement. The agreement will also provide for Mr. Monahan's participation in the Company's employee benefit, welfare, retirement and incentive compensation plans and programs in which other senior executive officers of the Company participate.

52

The agreement is expected to provide that if Mr. Monahan's employment is terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Monahan for good reason, he will be entitled to receive, for the remainder of the term of the agreement (a) base salary, (b) annual incentive compensation (with a pro rata portion for a partial year) equal to the average annual incentive awards for the three completed years immediately preceding the date of employment termination (including, if applicable annual incentive awards received from 3M for any year within the applicable three-year period), plus a pro rata annual incentive award for the year in which termination of employment occurs, (c) continued accrual of credited service for purposes of any defined benefit pension benefits and (d) continued participation in all welfare benefit plans, subject to an offset to the extent similar benefits are made available to Mr. Monahan without cost under welfare benefit plans of a subsequent employer. In addition, Mr. Monahan's equity-based awards will become fully vested and, with respect to his stock options, fully exercisable, as of his date of termination.

Also, if Mr. Monahan's employment is terminated by reason of death, his estate or designated beneficiary will be entitled to receive his base salary for a period of one year and a prorated annual incentive compensation award. If his employment is terminated by reason of disability, he will be entitled to receive a prorated annual incentive compensation award.

If Mr. Monahan receives payments under his agreement that would subject him to any federal excise tax due under section 280G of the Code, then he will also receive a cash "gross-up" payment so that he will be in the same net after-tax position that he would have been in had such excise tax not been applied.

During (a) the term of the agreement, (b) any period during which Mr. Monahan continues to receive salary pursuant to the terms of the agreement, and (c) the one-year period following termination of Mr. Monahan's employment by the Company for cause or by Mr. Monahan other than for good reason, Mr. Monahan is required to comply with appropriate provisions regarding noncompetition, nonsolicitation of employees, nondisparagement of the Company, return of work papers and compliance with policies regarding confidentiality of information.

COMPENSATION UNDER RETIREMENT PLANS

Substantially all domestic employees of the Company will be eligible to participate in the qualified pension and defined contribution plans that the Company intends to establish. In addition, the executive officers of the Company will be eligible to participate in certain nonqualified pension or deferred compensation plans to be established by the Company's Board of Directors.

COMPANY PENSION PLAN

The Company expects to adopt a cash balance pension plan, and it intends that this plan will be qualified under the applicable provisions of the Code. The plan will become effective July 1, 1996, and will cover substantially all domestic employees of the Company. Under this plan, benefits will be determined by the amount of annual pay credits to each employee's account (expected to be 6% of each employee's annual earnings) and annual interest credits (equal to the return on the 30-year U.S. Treasury bond yield) to such accounts. All former 3M employees will retain their right to receive their benefits accrued as of the Distribution Date under 3M's pension plan. Those former 3M employees whose age and years of 3M service as of the Distribution Date equal or exceed 50 (with a minimum of 10 years of 3M service) will continue to be credited with service for purposes of early retirement subsidies under 3M's pension plan based on their combined service with the Company and 3M, and will have their 3M accrued benefits as of the Distribution Date increased following the Distribution by 4% per year of employment with the Company.

53

The following table shows the estimated aggregate annual benefits payable from the Company's qualified and nonqualified retirement plans to its executive officers and other participating employees at normal retirement, assuming that the Company adopts nonqualified pension plans similar to 3M's:

PENSION PLAN TABLE -- COMPANY PLAN

EMPLOYEES ANNUAL EARNINGS                  YEARS WITH COMPANY (EXCLUDING SERVICE WITH 3M)
USED FOR COMPUTATION OF BENEFITS     5 YEARS     10 YEARS     15 YEARS     20 YEARS     25 YEARS
             $150,000                $ 5,845     $13,668      $24,136      $ 38,145     $ 56,892
              200,000                  7,794      18,224       32,182        50,860       75,856
              250,000                  9,742      22,780       40,227        63,575       94,820
              300,000                 11,691      27,336       48,272        76,290      113,784
              350,000                 13,639      31,892       56,318        89,005      132,748
              400,000                 15,588      36,448       64,363       101,720      151,712
              450,000                 17,536      41,004       72,409       114,435      170,676
              500,000                 19,485      45,560       80,454       127,150      189,640

Under this table the normal form of benefit payment under the plan to married employees would require a reduction in the amounts shown in the table pursuant to an actuarially based formula to provide a benefit to a surviving spouse upon the employee's death following retirement equal to 50% of the reduced benefit. These amounts do not include the 4% per year additional benefit described above which will be provided by the Company's plan.

In addition to their benefits under the Company's plan, it is estimated that the named executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table will be entitled to the following aggregate annual benefits payable under 3M's qualified and nonqualified pension plans at normal retirement, based on their service with 3M as of the Distribution Date and assuming that they remain employed by the Company until their normal retirement date: $109,176 for Mr. Monahan; $98,256 for Dr. Burhardt; $96,000 for Mr. Oesterlein; $78,768 for Mr. Mell; and $88,464 for Mr. Farmer.

PLANS ENCOURAGING EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP

The following two plans are intended to help the Company accomplish its objective of encouraging and increasing employee stock ownership. As a result of these plans, the Company expects employees to eventually own (directly or beneficially) in excess of 5% of its outstanding shares.

RETIREMENT INVESTMENT PLAN

The Company expects to adopt a defined contribution plan including a cash or deferred arrangement, and it intends that this plan will be qualified under the applicable provisions of the Code. The plan will become effective July 1, 1996, and will cover substantially all domestic employees of the Company. Under this plan, employees may generally elect to defer up to 15% of their pay on a before-tax basis and have it contributed to their individual accounts, subject to Code and Internal Revenue Service limits. The Company will make matching contributions to the employees' accounts equal to 100 percent of the first 3% of pay deferred during each pay period and 25% of the next 3% of pay deferred during each pay period. All of the Company's matching contributions will be invested in Common Stock of the Company through an employee stock ownership plan. Individuals currently employed by 3M who join the Company on the Distribution Date will have their account balances under the 3M Voluntary Investment Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan transferred to the Company's plan on or prior to the Distribution Date. In addition to matching contributions, the Company may also make annual contributions to the accounts of all eligible employees based on its financial performance. These additional contributions will also be invested in Common Stock of the Company through the employee stock ownership plan.

1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAM

The Company has adopted the 1996 Employee Stock Incentive Program (the "Stock Option Plan"), which was approved by 3M as the sole stockholder of the Company prior to the Distribution, and will become effective upon, and only in the event of the consummation of, the Distribution.

54

The Stock Option Plan is designed to provide incentives to employees to become stockholders of the Company through the granting of incentive and nonqualified stock options, restricted stock grants and stock appreciation rights. Further, the Stock Option Plan is designed to ensure that compensation payable with respect to the exercise of certain options thereunder will qualify as performance based compensation within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code and thereby be fully tax-deductible by the Company.

The total number of shares of Company Common Stock (which includes treasury or authorized but unissued shares) that may be issued or awarded under the Stock Option Plan may not exceed 6,000,000, subject to equitable adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, reduction or combination of shares, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other similar transactions). All shares subject to awards under the Stock Option Plan that are forfeited or terminated, will be available again for issuance pursuant to awards under the Stock Option Plan. The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock that may be granted to any one participant under the Stock Option Plan by way of options and stock appreciation rights, during the term of the plan shall not exceed 1,000,000 (including Progressive Stock Options (as defined below) granted to such participant.)

The Stock Option Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors, consisting of two or more persons who are "disinterested persons" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 ("Rule 16b-3") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and "outside directors" within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code. Eligibility criteria, the number of participants, and the number of shares subject to option, restricted stock or other awards will be determined by the Committee.

The option price of (a) incentive stock options within the meaning of section 422 of the Code ("Incentive Stock Options") will equal 100 percent of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date the options are granted, and (b) options other than Incentive Stock Options ("Nonqualified Stock Options") may be equal to, less than or more than 100 percent of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date the options are granted. Full payment for the shares (which may be made in whole or in part, in shares of the Company's Common Stock valued at the fair market value on the date the option is exercised) must be made at the time the option is exercised.

Generally, options will be for a ten-year period (or shorter in the case of Progressive Stock Options), and become exercisable commencing one year from the date of grant (no sooner than six months from date of grant with respect to Progressive Stock Options), unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Option rights are forfeited by a participant in the event of termination of employment for any cause other than retirement, death, or disability, and abbreviated exercise periods are provided in the event of death or disability. Progressive Stock Options are Nonqualified Stock Options equal to the number of shares of previously owned stock delivered in payment of the option price of outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options granted under the Stock Option Plan or in payment of any applicable federal, state, local and employment withholding taxes. Progressive Stock Options have as their term the remaining term of the primary option being exercised and are granted at the fair market value of the stock on the date of the primary option exercise.

Incentive Stock Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All options are nontransferable to the extent necessary to comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3.

The Committee may also grant restricted stock subject to conditions and restrictions as may be specified by the Committee. The participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to the shares of restricted stock, including the right to vote, except that the restricted stock shall remain in the custody of the Company until all restrictions have lapsed. None of the shares representing the restricted stock may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the period of restrictions determined by the Committee. At the discretion of the Committee, cash and stock dividends with respect to restricted stock awards may be either currently paid or withheld by the Company for the participant's account, and interest may be paid on the amount of cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Cash or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee shall not be subject to forfeiture.

55

Upon the satisfaction of the conditions and the lapsing of restrictions applicable to restricted stock awards, the Company shall deliver to the participant or the participant's beneficiary or estate, a stock certificate for the number of shares of restricted stock granted, free of all such restrictions, except any that may be imposed by applicable law. The Committee may also award shares of the Company's Common Stock under the Stock Option Plan other than restricted stock.

Under the Stock Option Plan, the Committee may grant stock appreciation rights that entitle the recipient to receive an amount of cash or a number of shares of the Company's Common Stock measured by the appreciation of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of exercise above the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of the initial grant. Stock appreciation rights will be exercisable during a period determined by the Committee, but which will commence no sooner than six months from the date of grant and will expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights are forfeited by a participant in the event of termination of employment for any cause other than retirement, death, or disability, and abbreviated exercise periods are provided in the event of death or disability.

The Stock Option Plan provides that all outstanding options under the Stock Option Plan would become immediately exercisable in full for the remainder of the respective option period and remain exercisable in full for a minimum period of six months following a change in control of the Company (as defined in the Stock Option Plan), and all restrictions imposed by the Committee on outstanding grants of restricted stock or other stock awards would automatically be terminated.

Further, in the event that the exercise of options granted under the Stock Option Plan or the receipt of the Company's common stock as a result of a restricted stock grant or other stock award, after an event of acceleration (i.e., a change of control), shall be determined to be subject to the excise tax of section 4999 of the Code, the Company will pay affected participants such additional amounts of cash so that the net amount, after allowance for the excise tax, any additional federal, state and local income tax and any additional employment tax paid on the additional amount, shall be equal to the net amount that would be retained by the participant if there were no excise tax imposed by section 4999. Similarly, in the event that a participant should be required to take legal action to obtain or enforce rights under the Stock Option Plan after an event of acceleration, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses incurred, unless a lawsuit is subsequently determined to have been spurious or frivolous.

The Stock Option Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board, except that no amendment will be made without prior approval of the Company's stockholders if such approval is required for purposes of Rule 16b-3, or, to the extent applicable, Section 162(m) of the Code.

The Stock Option Plan will terminate five years after its effective date.

FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

The grant of stock options will create no tax consequences to the participant or to the Company. The participant will not recognize any taxable income with respect to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option (except that the alternative minimum tax may apply), and the Company will not be entitled to a deduction when such stock option is exercised, to the extent the individual $100,000 limit on Incentive Stock Options that first become exercisable in any calendar year is not exceeded, and to the extent that the shares acquired upon exercise are disposed of no earlier than two years after the date of grant of the option and one year after the date of exercise of the option. The tax payable by the participant upon disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be at the long-term capital gain rate. Options that do not satisfy the Code requirements for Incentive Stock Options will be taxed as Nonqualified Stock Options.

Upon exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the difference between the option price and the fair market value at the time of exercise is treated as ordinary income to the participant and the Company is entitled to a deduction for the same amount, subject to the application of section 162(m) of the Code. Gain or loss upon a subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option is taxed as capital gain or loss to the participant (long-term or short-term, depending upon the holding period of the stock sold).

56

A participant generally will not realize taxable income and the Company will not be entitled to a deduction upon the grant of restricted shares. When the shares are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will realize taxable ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the stock at the time, and the Company will be entitled to a deduction in the same amount, subject to the provisions of section 162(m) of the Code. However, a participant may elect to realize taxable ordinary income in the year the restricted shares are granted in an amount equal to their fair market value at the time, determined without regard to the restrictions. In that event, subject to section 162(m) of the Code, the Company will be entitled to a deduction in such year in the same amount, and any gain or loss realized by the participant upon the subsequent disposition of the stock will be taxable at short or long term capital gain rates but will not result in any further deduction to the Company.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

Prior to the Distribution, certain employees of the Company participated in 3M's Management Stock Ownership Program covering management employees of 3M. In lieu of a 1996 annual grant under 3M's Program, the Company intends to grant to its employees who would otherwise have been eligible to receive a 1996 grant under 3M's Program options to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Stock Option Plan. The number of options to be granted to each employee will be the number of options such employee would have received under the 3M Program, multiplied by the exercise price of 3M options issued in the 1996 grant and then divided by the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the grant. The exercise price of these options will be the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the grant. As a result, shortly after the Distribution the Company expects to grant to such employees options to purchase approximately 800,000 shares of Common Stock.

The following table sets forth the options which would have been received in 1996 by certain employees under 3M's Management Stock Ownership Program.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS
EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAM

NAME AND POSITION                      NUMBER OF OPTIONS
W.T. Monahan                                 36,100
K.K. Burhardt                                 4,800
C.D. Oesterlein                               4,800
D.G. Mell                                     4,800
D.A. Farmer                                   4,800
Executive Group                             100,340
Non-Executive Director Group                      0
Non-Executive Officer Employee Group             (1)

(1) Not determinable as of May 31, 1996.

It cannot be determined at this time the number of options that, will be granted to the above-named individuals in 1996 under the Stock Option Plan. For options to purchase shares of common stock of 3M that were granted to the five named executive officers of the Company in the previous fiscal year under the 3M Stock Option Plan, see "-- Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year".

The Stock Option Plan has been included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Information Statement forms a part. The preceding description is subject in all respects to the provisions of the Stock Option Plan.

57

TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEE OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK
IN THE DISTRIBUTION

Certain employees of 3M (including certain employees who, as a result of the Distribution, will become employees of the Company) currently hold options to purchase 3M common stock (the "3M Options") pursuant to the 3M Stock Plans.

In connection with the Distribution, and pursuant to the 3M Stock Plans and the related option agreements, the number of shares subject to each 3M Option and the exercise prices thereof will be equitably adjusted to reflect the Distribution. 3M will remain solely responsible for satisfying all exercises of 3M Options.

Pursuant to the terms of the 3M Management Stock Ownership Program, and pursuant to a determination of 3M's Compensation Committee, holders of 3M restricted common stock will not receive shares of Common Stock in the Distribution. In lieu of such Common Stock, the holders of 3M restricted common stock will receive additional shares of restricted common stock of 3M with a value equal to the value of the Common Stock which would have been received by such holders in the Distribution with respect to such restricted common stock.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS

The businesses to be conducted by the Company have in the past engaged in transactions with 3M and its businesses. Such transactions have included, among other things, various types of financial support by 3M. Following the Distribution, 3M will continue to have a relationship with the Company as a result of the agreements being entered into between 3M and the Company in connection with the Distribution. Except as referred to above or as otherwise described in this Information Statement, 3M and the Company will cease to have any material contractual or other material relationships with each other. See "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 3M AND THE COMPANY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION."

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

Based on information which has been obtained from 3M's records and a review of statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act with respect to 3M common stock and received by 3M prior to March 1, 1996, no person known to the Company will be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of any class of the Company upon completion of the Distribution.

58

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information with respect to the shares of Common Stock which are expected to be beneficially owned by each director and the named executive officers of the Company and by all directors and officers of the Company as a group as of the Distribution Date based upon their respective holdings of 3M common stock as of May 1, 1996. The table does not include as a basis for calculation options to purchase shares of 3M common stock exercisable at or within 60 days of May 1, 1996 as such options will not be converted in the Distribution to options to purchase shares of Common Stock. See "TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEE OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK IN THE DISTRIBUTION." In addition, the table does not include any options which may be granted as part of the Company's employee benefit programs following the Distribution. Based upon such data, no director or officer will own beneficially, as of the Distribution Date, more than 1% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding at such date and all directors and officers as a group will beneficially own less than five-tenths of one percent (0.5%) of the common stock outstanding at such date.

                                            AMOUNT AND NATURE OF
NAME                                        BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
William T. Monahan                                   587

Linda W. Hart                                          0

Daryl J. White                                         0

Carolyn A. Bates                                     119

Jill D. Burchill                                      66

Dr. Krzysztof K. Burhardt                          1,715

Wilmer G. DeBoer                                      76

Dennis A. Farmer                                     426

David G. Mell                                        203

Richard W. Northrop                                   11

Charles D. Oesterlein                                105

Clifford T. Pinder                                   427

Michael E. Sheridan                                  360

James R. Stewart                                      84

Deborah D. Weiss                                     266

David H. Wenck                                       467

All directors and officers of the
 Company
 as a group (16 persons)                           4,912

59

DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

Under the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Company has authority to issue is 125 million, of which 25 million are shares of preferred stock, and 100 million are shares of Common Stock. Based on the number of shares of 3M common stock outstanding at May 1, 1996, approximately 41,863,000 shares of Common Stock will be issued to shareholders of 3M.

COMMON STOCK

The holders of Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters voted on by stockholders, and the holders of such shares will possess all voting power, except as otherwise required by law or provided in any resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to any series of preferred stock. Subject to any preferential or other rights of any outstanding series of Company preferred stock that may be designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company from funds available therefor, and upon liquidation will be entitled to receive pro rata all assets of the Company available for distribution to such holders. See "SPECIAL FACTORS -- Common Stock Dividend Policy."

PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors of the Company will be authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions, as are stated in the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company providing for the issuance of such series as are permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware GCL"). See "PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
AND BY-LAWS -- Preferred Stock."

NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

No holder of any stock of the Company of any class authorized at the Distribution Date will then have any preemptive right to subscribe to any securities of the Company of any kind or class.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.

PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

GENERAL

The Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws contain certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of control of the Company by means of a tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy contest or otherwise. Set forth below is a description of such provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. Such description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, the forms of which are included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Information Statement forms a part.

CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company. The directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as is reasonably possible, serving staggered terms so that directors' initial terms will expire either at the 1997, 1998 or 1999 annual meeting of the Company's stockholders. Starting with

60

the 1997 annual meeting of the Company's stockholders, one class of directors will be elected each year for a three-year term. See "MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
- -- Directors."

The Company believes that a classified Board of Directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of the Company's Board of Directors and the Company's business strategies and policies as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, since a majority of the directors at any given time will have had prior experience as directors of the Company. The Company believes that this, in turn, will permit the board to more effectively represent the interests of stockholders.

With a classified Board of Directors, at least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of the Board of Directors. As a result, a classified Board of Directors of the Company may discourage proxy contests for the election of directors or purchases of a substantial block of the Common Stock because its provisions could operate to prevent obtaining control of the Board of Directors of the Company in a relatively short period of time. The classification provisions could also have the effect of discouraging a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. In addition, because under Delaware law a director serving on a classified Board of Directors may be removed only for cause, a classified Board of Directors would delay stockholders who do not agree with the policies of the Board of Directors from replacing a majority of the Board of Directors for two years unless they can demonstrate that the directors should be removed for cause and can obtain the requisite vote. Such a delay may help ensure that the Board of Directors of the Company, if confronted by a holder conducting a proxy contest or an extraordinary corporate transaction, will have sufficient time to review the proposal and appropriate alternatives to the proposal and to act in what it believes are the best interests of the Company's stockholders.

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT; ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS

The By-laws provide that special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Chairman of the Board. The Certificate of Incorporation also requires that stockholder action be taken at a meeting of stockholders and prohibits action by written consent.

STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS

The By-laws establish procedures that must be followed for a stockholder to nominate individuals for election to the Company's Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board will be required to be made by delivering written notice to the Secretary of the Company not less than 60 days and not more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 10 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely will be required to be so received before the later of the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure made of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs and the close of business on the day which is 60 days prior to the date of the annual meeting. The nomination notice will be required to set forth certain background information about the persons to be nominated, including the nominees' principal occupation or employment and the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Company that are beneficially owned by such person. If the presiding officer at the annual meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with these procedures, he may so declare at the meeting and the nomination may be disregarded.

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

The By-laws establish procedures that must be followed for a stockholder to submit a proposal at an annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company. Under these procedures, no proposal for a stockholder vote will be able to be submitted to the stockholders unless the submitting stockholder has timely filed with the Secretary of the Company a written statement setting forth specified information, including the names and addresses of the persons making the proposal, the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially owned by such persons, a description of the proposal and

61

the reasons for bringing such business before the annual meeting and any material interest of the stockholder in such business. The statement will be required to be filed no later than the latest date for filing a nomination notice as described above under "--Stockholder Nominations." If the presiding officer at any stockholder meeting determines that any such proposal was not made in accordance with these procedures or is otherwise not in accordance with applicable law, he may so declare at the meeting and such defective proposal may be disregarded.

PREFERRED STOCK

The Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board of Directors to establish a series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of such series, including the following:
(i) the designation of such series; (ii) the rate and time of, and conditions and preferences with respect to, dividends, and whether such dividends are cumulative; (iii) the voting rights, if any, of shares of such series; (iv) the price, timing and conditions regarding the redemption of shares of such series and whether a sinking fund should be established for such series; (v) the rights and preferences of shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company; and (vi) the right, if any, to convert or exchange shares of such series into or for stock or securities of any other series or class.

The Company believes that the availability of the preferred stock will provide the Company with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financing and acquisitions, and in meeting other corporate needs which might arise. Having such authorized shares available for issuance will allow the Company to issue shares of preferred stock without the expense and delay of a special stockholders' meeting. The authorized shares of preferred stock, as well as shares of Common Stock, will be available for issuance without further action by the Company's stockholders, unless action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company's securities may be listed or unless the Company is restricted by the terms of previously issued preferred stock or by the Company's bank credit facility.

SUPERMAJORITY PROVISION

The Certificate of Incorporation generally provides that, whether or not a vote of the stockholders is otherwise required, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be required for the approval or authorization of any Business Transaction with a related Person, or any Business Transaction in which a Related Person has an interest; provided, however, that the eighty percent (80%) voting requirement shall not be applicable if (1) the Business Transaction is approved by the Continuing Directors, or (2) all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) the Business Transaction is a merger or consolidation or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, and the aggregate amount of cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in connection with such Business Transaction is at least equal in value to the highest amount of consideration paid by such related person for a share of Common Stock in the transaction in which such person became a Related Person, or within one year prior to the date such related Person became a Related Person, whichever is higher; and

(b) after such Related Person has become the beneficial owner of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and prior to the consummation of such Business Transaction, such Related Person shall not have become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of voting stock or securities convertible into voting stock, except (i) as a part of the transaction which resulted in such Related Person becoming the beneficial owner of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the voting stock or (ii) as a result of a pro rata stock dividend or stock split; and

(c) prior to the consummation of such Business Transaction, such Related Person shall not have, directly or indirectly, (i) received the benefit (other than only a proportionate benefit as a stockholder of the Company) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial assistance or tax credits provided by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) caused any material change in the Company's business or equity capital structure, including, without limitation, the issuance of shares of capital stock

62

of the Company, or (iii) except as approved by the Continuing Directors, caused the Company to fail to declare and pay (y) at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends on any out-standing preferred stock or (z) quarterly cash dividends on the outstanding Common Stock on a per share basis at least equal to the cash dividends being paid thereon by the corporation immediately prior to the date on which the Related Person became a Related Person.

The term "Business Transaction" is generally defined as (a) any merger or consolidation involving the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, (b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), including, without limitation, a mortgage or any other security device, of all or any substantial part of the assets either of the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company (c) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or any substantial part of the assets of an entity to the Company, (d) the issuance, sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company of any securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (e) any recapitalization or reclassification of the securities of the Company or other transaction that would have the effect of increasing the voting power of a Related Person or reducing the number of shares of each class of voting stock outstanding, (f) any liquidation, spin-off, split-off, split-up, or dissolution of the Company, and (g) any agreement, contract, or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in this definition of Business Transaction. "Continuing Director" is generally defined as a member of the Board of Directors on the Distribution Date and any member of the Board of Directors whose election was approved by the Continuing Directors. "Related Person" generally is defined as any individual or entity which, together with its affiliates and associates owns not less than 10% of the voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The Board of Directors of the Company has declared a dividend distribution of one right (a "Right") to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock for each outstanding share of Common Stock to stockholders of record of the Company on the Record Date. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement, dated as of June , 1996, between the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "Rights Agreement").

The Rights remain non-exercisable, nontransferable and non-separable from the Company's Common Stock until the earlier of (i) 10 days after a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring Person") has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Stock Acquisition Date") or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by the Board of Directors) after the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer for 15% or more of the Common Stock.

In the event that a person becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock (except pursuant to an offer for all outstanding shares of Common Stock that the independent directors of the Company determine to be fair to and otherwise in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (an "Approved Offer"), each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, shares of Common Stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the Company) having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Rights. Each Right, when exercisable, currently entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $125, subject to adjustment. In the event that, at any time following the Stock Acquisition Date, (i) the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger that follows an Approved Offer and meets certain other requirements) or (ii) more than 50% of the Company's assets, cash flows or earning power is sold or transferred, each holder of a Right shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right.

In general, at any time prior to their expiration on July 1, 2006 or until 10 days following the Stock Acquisition Date, the Board of Directors in its discretion may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per Right.

63

Each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, when issued, will be nonredeemable and entitled to cumulative dividends and will rank junior to any series of Preferred Stock senior to it. Dividends are payable on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the greater of (i) $1.00 per share or (ii) 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash and noncash dividends (other than dividends payable in Common Stock) declared on the Common Stock since the last quarterly dividend payment date or, with respect to the first such date, since the first issuance of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. Each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock will entitle the holder (subject to adjustment) to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. The number of shares constituting the series of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock is 1,000,000.

The Rights may have certain anti-takeover effects, including deterring someone from acquiring control of the Company in a manner or on terms not approved by the Board of Directors. The Rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board of Directors, since the Rights may be redeemed generally at any time by the Company as set forth above.

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

GENERAL

Officers and directors of the Company are covered by certain provisions of the Delaware GCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and insurance policies which serve to limit, and, in certain instances, to indemnify them against, certain liabilities which they may incur in such capacities. None of such provisions would have retroactive effect for periods prior to the Distribution Date, and the Company is not aware of any claim or proceeding in the last three years, or any threatened claim, which would have been or would be covered by these provisions. These various provisions are described below.

ELIMINATION OF LIABILITY IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

In June 1986, Delaware enacted legislation which authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of directors' fiduciary duty of care. The duty of care requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors must exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Absent the limitations now authorized by such legislation, directors are accountable to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for conduct constituting negligence or gross negligence in the exercise of their duty of care. Although the statute does not change directors' duty of care, it enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. The Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the Company or its stockholders (in their capacity as directors but not in their capacity as officers) to the fullest extent permitted by such legislation. Specifically, the directors of the Company will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty as director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware GCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

As a Delaware corporation, the Company has the power, under specified circumstances generally requiring the director or officer to act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believes to be in or not opposed to the Company's best interests, to indemnify its directors and officers in connection with actions, suits or proceedings brought against them by a third party or in the name of the Company, by reason of the fact that they were or are such directors or officers, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. The By-laws generally provide for mandatory indemnification of the Company's directors and officers to the full extent provided by Delaware corporate law.

64

The Company intends to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power or obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the By-laws.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The Company has appointed Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as the Company's independent public accountants to audit the Company's financial statements as of and for the year ending December 31, 1996. Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. has audited the Company's historical financial statements as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form 10 (the "Registration Statement", which term shall include any amendments or supplements thereto) under the Exchange Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock being received by 3M stockholders in the Distribution. This Information Statement does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, to which reference is hereby made. Statements made in this Information Statement as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to such exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.

The Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto filed by the Company with the Commission may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as at the Regional Offices of the Commission at Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such information can be obtained by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.

65

INDEX TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                                                Page

Report of Independent Accountants                                                               F-2

Historical Statements of Operations for the three month periods ended March 31,
 1996 and 1995 (unaudited) and for each of the three years in the period ended
 December 31, 1995                                                                              F-3

Historical Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1996 (unaudited) and as of December 31,
 1995 and 1994                                                                                  F-4

Historical Statements of Cash Flows for the three month periods ended March 31,
 1996 and 1995 (unaudited) and for each of the three years in the period ended
 December 31, 1995                                                                              F-5

Notes to Historical Financial Statements                                                        F-6

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders of Minnesota Mining
and Manufacturing Company:

We have audited the historical financial statements of the businesses to comprise Imation Corp. (as described in Note 1 to the historical financial statements) listed on page F-1 of this Information Statement. These historical financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these historical financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the historical financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Imation Corp. as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 29, 1996

F-2

IMATION CORP.
HISTORICAL STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN MILLIONS)

                                 THREE MONTHS
                                     ENDED                    YEARS ENDED
                                   MARCH 31,                 DECEMBER 31,
                                1996      1995       1995        1994        1993
                                  (UNAUDITED)
Net revenues                   $576.1    $576.7    $2,245.6    $2,280.5    $2,307.8
Cost of goods sold              373.8     364.2     1,520.9     1,442.0     1,421.6
 Gross profit                   202.3     212.5       724.7       838.5       886.2
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and
   administrative               130.7     137.9       539.4       531.5       529.0
  Research and development       47.9      56.4       222.4       211.2       216.7
  Restructuring charge           10.4        --       111.8          --          --
   Total                        189.0     194.3       873.6       742.7       745.7
Operating income (loss)          13.3      18.2      (148.9)       95.8       140.5
Interest expense and other        3.2       5.2        17.9        14.5        13.1
Income (loss) before tax and
 minority interest               10.1      13.0      (166.8)       81.3       127.4
Income tax provision
 (benefit)                        4.1       5.5       (70.5)       29.3        51.8
Minority interest                (0.1)       --       (11.3)       (2.3)        0.3
Net income (loss)              $  6.1    $  7.5    $  (85.0)   $   54.3    $   75.3

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE STATEMENTS.

F-3

IMATION CORP.
HISTORICAL BALANCE SHEETS
(IN MILLIONS)

                                      AS OF MARCH 31,     AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                           1996            1995         1994
                                        (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
Current Assets
  Accounts receivable, net               $  472.2        $  479.5     $  476.5
  Inventories:
   Finished goods                           240.1           244.0        290.5
   Work in process                           77.6            81.2         75.2
   Raw materials and supplies               102.4           101.1        107.8
    Total inventories                       420.1           426.3        473.5
  Other current assets                       48.1            48.8         47.6
    Total current assets                    940.4           954.6        997.6
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net          503.9           513.2        654.9
Other Assets                                 75.7            73.7         19.2
    Total Assets                         $1,520.0        $1,541.5     $1,671.7
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
 Accounts payable                        $  117.0        $  125.9     $  129.0
  Accrued payroll                            52.8            44.4         42.4
  Other current liabilities                 137.2           125.9        112.2
    Total current liabilities               307.0           296.2        283.6
Other Liabilities                            91.3            96.6         88.1
Commitments and Contingencies
Equity                                    1,121.7         1,148.7      1,300.0
    Total Liabilities and Equity         $1,520.0        $1,541.5     $1,671.7

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE STATEMENTS.

F-4

IMATION CORP.
HISTORICAL STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN MILLIONS)

                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                      MARCH 31,                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1996       1995       1995        1994        1993
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)                                 $  6.1     $  7.5     $ (85.0)    $  54.3     $  75.3
Non-cash items included in net income (loss):
  Depreciation                                      48.5       49.1       189.5       185.9       184.4
  Deferred income taxes                              6.1        0.6       (68.1)       14.0       (10.0)
  Restructuring charge and asset write-offs          9.8         --       166.3          --          --
  Other                                             (0.2)       1.6         2.1         1.5         5.1
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable                                5.1        3.1        (0.6)      (16.8)      (53.6)
  Inventories                                        4.6      (26.3)       25.4       (87.8)        8.7
  Other                                            (10.3)      (6.1)       27.2        19.0        19.3
Net cash provided by operating activities           69.7       29.5       256.8       170.1       229.2

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Capital expenditures                             (40.7)     (46.0)     (180.2)     (182.7)     (211.4)
  Other                                              0.6       (0.9)       (7.3)        3.0         1.2
Net cash used in investing activities              (40.1)     (46.9)     (187.5)     (179.7)     (210.2)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Net cash (paid to) received from 3M              (27.0)      13.4       (72.9)       18.5       (13.1)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash             (2.6)       4.0         3.6        (8.9)       (5.9)
Net change in cash and equivalents                $   --     $   --     $    --     $    --     $    --

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE STATEMENTS.

F-5

IMATION CORP.
NOTES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)

NOTE 1 -- BACKGROUND AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BACKGROUND

Imation Corp. (the "Company") is a newly formed Delaware corporation which initially will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company ("3M"). On November 13, 1995, 3M announced its intention to launch its data storage and imaging systems businesses as an independent, publicly owned company. This transaction is expected to be effected through the distribution of shares of the Company to 3M shareholders effective on or about July 1, 1996 ("the Distribution"). Prior to the Distribution, 3M plans to transfer to the Company substantially all of the assets and liabilities associated with 3M's global data storage and imaging systems businesses. 3M and the Company will enter into a number of agreements to facilitate the Distribution and the transition of the Company to an independent business enterprise.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The historical financial statements reflect the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that were directly related to the Company as they were operated within 3M. In cases involving assets and liabilities not specifically identifiable to any particular business of 3M, only those assets and liabilities expected to be transferred to the Company prior to the Distribution were included in the Company's separate historical balance sheets. Regardless of the allocation of these assets and liabilities, however, the Company's Statements of Operations include all of the related costs of doing business including an allocation of certain general corporate expenses of 3M which were not directly related to these businesses including costs for corporate logistics, corporate research and development, information technologies, finance, legal and corporate executives. These allocations were based on a variety of factors including, for example, personnel, space, time and effort, and sales volume. Management believes these allocations were made on a reasonable basis. All material inter-company transactions and balances between the Company's businesses have been eliminated.

3M uses a centralized approach to cash management and the financing of its operations. As a result, cash and equivalents, and debt were not allocated to the Company in the financial statements. The historical statements of operations include an allocation of 3M's interest expense (see Note 6). The Company's financing requirements are represented by cash transactions with 3M and are reflected in the "Net Investment by 3M" account (see Note 7). Certain assets and liabilities of 3M such as certain employee benefit and income tax-related balances have not been allocated to the Company and are included in the Net Investment by 3M account. Activity in the Net Investment by 3M equity account relates to net cash flows of the Company as well as changes in the assets and liabilities not allocated to the Company.

The Company also participated in 3M's centralized foreign currency and interest rate risk management functions. As part of these activities, derivative financial instruments are utilized to manage risks generally associated with foreign exchange rate and interest rate market volatility. 3M does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 3M is not a party to leveraged derivatives.

The historical balance sheets do not reflect any of the associated asset or liability positions resulting from these activities. The historical statements of operations and statements of cash flows, however, do reflect an allocation of the related benefits and costs from these functions. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are deferred until the underlying transactions are realized. These gains and losses are recognized either as interest expense over the borrowing period for interest rate and currency swaps or as an adjustment to cost of goods sold for inventory-related hedge transactions. Cash flows attributable to these financial instruments are included with the cash flows from the associated hedged items.

The minority interest within the historical statements of operations gives recognition to the Company's share of net income (loss) of certain majority owned subsidiaries of 3M. The minority

F-6

shareholders' proportionate interests in the net assets of majority owned subsidiaries have not been presented in the historical balance sheets based on the assumption that the Company will obtain 100 percent ownership of the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries in connection with the Distribution. See Note (j) to Pro Forma Balance Sheet.

The financial information included herein may not necessarily be indicative of the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company in the future or what the financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been if the Company had been a separate, independent company during the periods presented.

NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The financial information presented as of March 31, 1996 and for each of the three month periods ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, this financial information reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information for such periods. These adjustments, except for the restructuring charge recorded in the three months ended March 31, 1996, consist of normal, recurring items. The results of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 1996 should not necessarily be taken as indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year 1996.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

Local currencies are generally considered the functional currencies outside the United States. Assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates with cumulative translation adjustments included as a component of equity. Income and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Principal areas requiring the use of estimates include: the allocation of financial statement amounts between the Company and 3M, determination of allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable and obsolete/excess inventories, and assessments of the recoverability of deferred tax assets and certain long-lived assets.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost generally determined on a first-in first-out basis.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Periodic reviews for impairment of the carrying value of property, plant and equipment are made based on undiscounted future cash flows.

EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE INDEMNITIES

Employee severance indemnities consist of termination indemnities and are accrued for each employee in accordance with labor legislation in each applicable country.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue is recognized upon shipment of goods to customers or upon performance of services. Revenues from service contracts are deferred and recognized over the life of the contracts as service is performed.

F-7

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Company sells a wide range of products and services to a diversified base of customers around the world and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition, and therefore believes there is no material concentration of credit risk.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred and totaled $52 million, $52 million and $45 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993 respectively.

INCOME TAXES

As an operating unit within 3M, the Company does not file separate tax returns but rather is included in the income tax returns filed by 3M and its subsidiaries in various domestic and foreign jurisdictions. The Company's allocated share of 3M's income tax provision was based on the "separate return" method, except that the tax benefit of the Company's tax losses in certain jurisdictions was allocated to the Company on a current basis if such losses could be utilized by 3M in its tax returns and an assessment of realizability of certain deferred tax assets was made assuming the availability of future 3M taxable income. The balance of accrued current income taxes for the Company's operations is included in the Net Investment by 3M equity account because 3M pays all taxes and receives all tax refunds on the Company's behalf.

F-8

NOTE 3 -- SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

                                          1995        1994
                                             (MILLIONS)
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable                     $  497.0    $  495.2
Less allowances                             17.5        18.7
 Accounts receivable, net               $  479.5    $  476.5

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Deferred taxes                          $   23.4    $   21.9
Other                                       25.4        25.7
 Total other current assets             $   48.8    $   47.6

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Land                                    $    7.7    $    7.6
Buildings and leasehold improvements       180.9       170.5
Machinery and equipment                  1,616.2     1,489.3
Construction in progress                    63.5        98.3
                                         1,868.3     1,765.7
Less accumulated depreciation            1,355.1     1,110.8
 Property, plant and equipment, net     $  513.2    $  654.9

OTHER ASSETS
Deferred taxes                          $   60.6    $    3.2
Other                                       13.1        16.0
 Total other assets                     $   73.7    $   19.2

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accrued rebates                         $   44.6    $   30.6
Deferred income                             35.8        38.8
Other                                       45.5        42.8
 Total other current liabilities        $  125.9    $  112.2

OTHER LIABILITIES
Employee severance indemnities          $   59.2    $   49.4
Other                                       37.4        38.7
 Total other liabilities                $   96.6    $   88.1

F-9

NOTE 4 -- RESTRUCTURING CHARGE AND ASSET WRITE-OFFS

In late 1995, the Company initiated a review of all of its operations, including its organizational structure, manufacturing operations, products and markets. In connection with this review, the Company has adopted a reorganization plan to rationalize its manufacturing operations, streamline its organizational structure and write-off impaired assets.

To reflect the direct and indirect costs associated with this reorganization plan, 3M recognized a loss on disposal which included pre-tax charges of approximately $340 million in the fourth quarter of 1995 as a part of its discontinued operations. The Company will reflect the direct portion of these charges, approximately $250 million, in its separate financial statements partially in 1995 and partially in 1996 based upon the timing recognition criteria required for restructuring charges. The Company recorded $166.3 million of these charges ($88.3 million after taxes and minority interest) in its 1995 historical financial statements and an additional $10.4 million ($6.1 million after taxes and minority interest) in the first quarter of 1996. The balance of the $250 million relates primarily to employee severance costs and is expected to be reflected in the Company's financial statements during the remaining quarters of 1996.

The 1995 special charge of $166.3 million includes $111.8 million related to world-wide manufacturing rationalization programs to exit less profitable manufacturing locations and to centralize manufacturing in the United States and in Italy, and consists principally of write-offs of property, plant and equipment. This $111.8 million charge is included as a separate restructuring charge in the statement of operations. The remaining 1995 special charge of $54.5 million relates primarily to asset write-offs included in cost of goods sold.

The first quarter 1996 restructuring charge reflects costs for certain voluntary separation programs.

F-10

NOTE 5 -- INCOME TAXES

                                                    1995       1994       1993
                                                           (MILLIONS)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAX AND MINORITY
 INTEREST
U.S.                                              $(136.1)     $63.2     $ 74.8
International                                       (30.7)      18.1       52.6
  Total                                           $(166.8)     $81.3     $127.4

INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)
Currently payable (refundable)
 Federal                                          $ (14.0)     $ 8.3     $ 24.0
 State                                               (4.3)       1.7        3.5
 International                                       15.6        4.6       34.4
Deferred
 Federal                                            (34.9)       9.4       (5.6)
 State                                               (3.1)       0.8       (0.4)
 International                                      (29.8)       4.5       (4.1)
  Total                                           $ (70.5)     $29.3     $ 51.8

                                                         1995       1994
                                                           (MILLIONS)
COMPONENTS OF NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND
 LIABILITIES
Receivables                                              $ 4.0     $  5.3
Inventories                                                5.9        5.8
Property, plant and equipment                             44.5      (16.9)
Payroll                                                   19.2       16.9
Other, net                                                 9.5        4.2
Net Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities                  $83.1     $ 15.3

Management believes the Company, or in certain cases 3M prior to the Distribution, will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to recover fully the Company's deferred tax assets.

                                                     1995       1994      1993
RECONCILIATION OF EFFECTIVE INCOME TAX RATE
Statutory U.S. tax rate                              (35.0)%    35.0%     35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit            (6.3)      3.1       2.4
International taxes in excess of statutory rate       (0.3)      3.4       9.3
All other, primarily foreign tax credits              (0.7)     (5.5)     (6.0)
 Effective Worldwide Tax Rate                        (42.3)%    36.0%     40.7%

F-11

NOTE 6 -- INTEREST EXPENSE

The Company's financial statements include allocations of 3M's interest expense totaling $18.8 million, $16.3 million and $13.3 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. These allocations are based on a targeted non-ESOP debt anticipated at the Distribution Date of $250 million. The interest rates used were 7.5%, 6.5% and 5.3% in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, which reflect 3M's weighted average effective interest rates on non-ESOP debt during these periods. The historical balance sheets of the Company do not include this debt as the total capitalization of the Company is reflected in its equity.

NOTE 7 -- EQUITY

Changes in equity during each of the years ended December 31 were as follows:

                                            NET        CUMULATIVE
                                        INVESTMENT    TRANSLATION      TOTAL
                                           BY 3M       ADJUSTMENT      EQUITY
                                                      (MILLIONS)
Balance at December 31, 1992             $1,210.7        $(38.5)      $1,172.2
  Net income                                 75.3                         75.3
  Net amount paid to 3M                     (13.1)                       (13.1)
  Net change in cumulative
   translation                                            (34.6)         (34.6)
Balance at December 31, 1993              1,272.9         (73.1)       1,199.8
  Net income                                 54.3                         54.3
  Net amount received from 3M                18.5                         18.5
  Net change in cumulative
   translation                                             27.4           27.4
Balance at December 31, 1994              1,345.7         (45.7)       1,300.0
  Net loss                                  (85.0)                       (85.0)
  Net amount paid to 3M                     (72.9)                       (72.9)
  Net change in cumulative
   translation                                              6.6            6.6
Balance at December 31, 1995             $1,187.8        $(39.1)      $1,148.7

NOTE 8 -- REVENUES BY CLASS OF SIMILAR PRODUCTS OR SERVICES (UNAUDITED)

The Company operates in one industry segment, the information processing industry, supplying products and services to meet the information processing needs for a variety of customer applications. Below are the product and service revenues by class of similar products or services for each of the years ended December 31.

                                                        1995         1994        1993
                                                                 (MILLIONS)
REVENUE BY CLASSES OF SIMILAR PRODUCTS OR
 SERVICES
Information processing, management and storage        $  930.7     $  935.4    $  947.3
Information printing                                     542.2        566.0       567.0
Medical and photo imaging                                608.1        589.1       564.4
Other                                                    164.6        190.0       229.1
 Total                                                $2,245.6     $2,280.5    $2,307.8

F-12

NOTE 9 -- GEOGRAPHIC AREAS

Information in the table below is presented on the same basis utilized by the Company to manage its business. Export sales and certain income and expense items are reported in the geographic area where the final sale to customers is made, rather than where the transaction originates.

                                               EUROPE           OTHER
                                 UNITED          AND        INTERNATIONAL    ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                 STATES      MIDDLE EAST        AREAS*         AND OTHER      COMPANY
                                                             (MILLIONS)
Net Revenues           1995     $1,128.8       $803.8           $313.0                        $2,245.6
 to Customers          1994      1,199.9        764.1            316.5                         2,280.5
                       1993      1,247.8        763.2            296.8                         2,307.8

Transfers Between      1995     $  290.9       $ 76.2           $  4.0          $(371.1)
 Geographic Areas      1994        341.2         89.4              0.1           (430.7)
                       1993        310.9         86.5              0.1           (397.5)

Operating **           1995     $ (169.0)      $ 55.8           $(35.7)                       $ (148.9)
 Income                1994          1.5         72.9             21.4                            95.8
                       1993          6.0         97.8             36.7                           140.5

Identifiable
 Assets                1995     $  816.4       $575.7           $149.7          $  (0.3)      $1,541.5
                       1994        894.9        582.9            194.7             (0.8)       1,671.7
                       1993        857.4        517.8            176.2             (5.8)       1,545.6

* Includes Latin America, Asia and Canada.

** Includes special charges of $99.8 million in the United States, $20.4 million in Europe and Middle East and $46.1 million in Other International Areas.

NOTE 10 -- RETIREMENT PLANS

Prior to the Distribution, employees of the Company participated in various 3M-sponsored retirement plans covering substantially all 3M United States employees and many employees outside the United States. The following information is provided for historical purposes only, since the Company intends to adopt different retirement plans.

3M's pension benefits are based principally on an employee's years of service and compensation near retirement. Plan assets are invested in common stocks, fixed-income securities, real estate and other investments.

3M's funding policy is to deposit with an independent trustee amounts at least equal to those required by law. A trust fund is maintained to provide pension benefits to United States plan participants and their beneficiaries. In addition, a number of plans are maintained by deposits with insurance companies. The Company's allocated portion of pension costs were $24 million, $25 million and $28 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

Net pension cost and the funded status of pension plans as shown below includes all employees covered by 3M plans including those associated with the Company. 3M has decided to retain the accrued liabilities (and the assets attributable to such liabilities) under its United States pension plan pertaining to employees of the Company. The Company intends to adopt a separate cash balance pension plan to be effective July 1, 1996 which will cover substantially all United States employees of the Company. All employees of the Company who are previous employees of 3M will retain their rights to receive their accrued benefits under 3M's United States pension plan.

F-13

                                          U.S. PLAN               INTERNATIONAL PLANS
                                  1995      1994      1993      1995      1994     1993
                                                        (MILLIONS)
NET PENSION COST
Service cost                      $  96     $ 117     $ 110     $  86     $ 85     $  86
Interest cost                       304       280       276        92       89        80
Return on plan assets --
 actual                            (846)       70      (430)     (124)      (2)     (185)
Net amortization and deferral       532      (377)      154        39      (79)      112
Net pension cost                  $  86     $  90     $ 110     $  93     $ 93     $  93

                                                         U.S. PLAN        INTERNATIONAL PLANS
                                                      1995       1994       1995       1994
                                                                   (MILLIONS)
FUNDED STATUS OF PENSION PLANS
Plan assets at fair value                            $4,134     $3,343     $1,293     $1,333
Accrued pension cost                                     97        161        110         97
Amount provided for future benefits                  $4,231     $3,504     $1,403     $1,430
Actuarial present value of:
 Vested benefit obligation                            3,666      2,889      1,051      1,022
 Non-vested benefit obligation                          521        423        108        100
 Accumulated benefit obligation                      $4,187     $3,312     $1,159     $1,122
Amount provided for future benefits less
 accumulated benefit obligation                          44        192        244        308
Projected benefit obligation                          4,696      3,721      1,482      1,514
Plan assets at fair value less projected benefit
 obligation                                          $ (562)    $ (378)    $ (189)    $ (181)
Unrecognized net transition (asset) obligation         (149)      (187)        22         22
Other unrecognized items                                614        404         57         62
Accrued pension cost                                 $  (97)    $ (161)    $ (110)    $  (97)

                                               U.S. PLAN                INTERNATIONAL PLANS
                                       1995      1994      1993      1995      1994      1993
ASSUMPTIONS AT YEAR-END
Discount rate                          7.00%     8.25%     7.25%     7.10%     7.45%     7.26%
Compensation rate increase             5.00%     5.00%     5.00%     5.38%     5.71%     5.31%
Long-term rate of return on assets     9.00%     9.00%     9.00%     7.59%     7.65%     7.64%

Net pension cost is determined using assumptions at the beginning of the year. Funded status is determined using assumptions at year-end.

Prior to the Distribution, U.S. employees of the Company also participated in a 3M-sponsored employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. Under this plan, 3M matches employee contributions of up to 6 percent of compensation at rates ranging from 35 to 85 percent depending upon financial performance. 3M's matching contributions to the employee savings plan are funded through an employee stock ownership plan. The Company's allocation of the expense related to the employee savings plan was $4.5 million, $4.6 million and $4.7 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

The Company expects to adopt its own employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Code pursuant to which it will make matching contributions through an employee stock ownership plan.

F-14

NOTE 11 -- OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

Prior to the Distribution, employees of the Company who were eligible to retire from 3M were eligible to participate in various 3M health care and life insurance benefit plans available to substantially all of 3M's United States employees. The following information is provided for historical purposes only, since the Company does not intend to adopt similar postretirement benefit plans.

3M has set aside funds with an independent trustee for these postretirement benefits and makes periodic contributions to the plans. The assets held by the trustee are invested in common stocks and fixed-income securities. Employees outside the United States are covered principally by government-sponsored plans. The cost of 3M-provided plans for these employees is not material. The Company's allocation of the net charges to income for plans covering United States employees was $9 million, $8 million and $8 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

The table below sets forth the historical components of the net periodic postretirement benefit cost and a reconciliation of the funded status of the postretirement benefit plans for all 3M United States employees including those associated with the Company.

                                           1995     1994     1993
                                                 (MILLIONS)
NET PERIODIC POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT
 COST
Service cost                               $ 26     $ 28     $ 23
Interest cost                                63       55       53
Return on plan assets -- actual             (76)      16      (23)
Net amortization and deferral                51      (40)       1
 Total                                     $ 64     $ 59     $ 54

                                                   1995       1994
                                                     (MILLIONS)
FUNDED STATUS OF POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Fair value of plan assets                         $ 398      $ 319
Accumulated postretirement benefit
 obligation:
 Retirees                                         $ 286      $ 256
 Fully eligible active plan participants            201        167
 Other active plan participants                     468        367
Benefit obligation                                $ 955      $ 790
Plan assets less benefit obligation               $(557)     $(471)
Adjustments and unrecognized items                  134         67
Accrued postretirement cost                       $(423)     $(404)

The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and related benefit cost are determined through the application of relevant actuarial assumptions. 3M anticipates its health care cost trend rate to slow from 6.9 percent in 1996 to 5.0 percent in 2003, after which the trend rate is expected to stabilize. The effect of a one percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate for each future year would increase the benefit obligation by $78 million and the current year benefit expense by $9 million. Other actuarial assumptions include an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 9.0 percent (before taxes applicable to a portion of the return on plan assets), and a discount rate of 7.0 percent.

F-15

NOTE 12 -- EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS

Prior to the Distribution certain employees of the Company participated in 3M's Management Stock Ownership Program covering management employees of 3M. In lieu of a 1996 annual grant under 3M's program, the Company intends to grant to its employees who would otherwise have been eligible to receive a 1996 grant under such Program, options to purchase shares of Common Stock under the new stock option plan of the Company which was approved by 3M, as the sole stockholder of the Company, prior to Distribution.

As a result, shortly after the Distribution the Company expects to grant to such employees options to purchase approximately 800,000 shares of Common Stock.

NOTE 13 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is a party to various claims and litigation arising from the normal course of business, including product liability and environmental claims. While there can be no certainty that the Company may not ultimately incur charges in excess of presently established accruals, management believes that such additional charges, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position.

On or immediately after the Distribution, the Company expects to enter into a debt facility agreement to borrow approximately $280 million. Of this amount, the Company will lend $30 million to the employee stock ownership plan it will establish. The terms of these borrowings are expected to contain customary covenants including financial covenants. In addition, in connection with the Distribution the Company intends to enter into a number of agreements with 3M to facilitate the Distribution and the transition of the Company to an independent business enterprise. Such agreements are expected to relate to tax sharing matters, corporate services to be provided by 3M, environmental liabilities, intellectual property, supply, service, contract manufacturing and sales agency matters, and shared facilities.

NOTE 14 -- NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." This statement requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized. The impact of this statement on the Company is immaterial.

In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." This statement establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation plans. The Company intends to follow the option that permits entities to continue to apply current accounting standards to stock-based employee compensation arrangements. Effective with year-end 1996 reporting, the Company will disclose pro forma net income and earnings per share amounts as if Statement No. 123 accounting were applied to the Company's stock compensation programs that may exist once the Company is established as a separate entity from 3M.

F-16

PART II

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(a)      Financial Statements -- Index to Historical Financial Statements

(b)      Exhibits:

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                          DESCRIPTION

 2.1     Transfer and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June __, 1996, between
         Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company ("3M") and the Registrant.*

 3.1     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

 3.2     Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.

 4.1     Rights Agreement, dated as of June __, 1996 between the Registrant and
         Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights Agent.

 4.2     Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A
         Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Registrant.

10.1     Form of Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement, to be dated as of
         July 1, 1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.2     Form of Corporate Services Transition Agreement, to be dated as of July
         1, 1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.3     Form of Environmental Matters Agreement to be dated as of July 1, 1996
         between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.4     Form of Intellectual Property Rights Agreement, to be dated as of July
         1, 1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.5     Forms of Supply Agreement, to be dated as of July 1, 1996, between 3M
         and the Registrant.*

10.6     Form of Lease Agreement to be dated as of July 1, 1996 between 3M and
         the Registrant.*

10.7     Form of Employment Agreement, to be dated as of July 1, 1996, between
         William T. Monahan and the Registrant.*

10.8     Form of Imation 1996 Employee Stock Incentive Program.*

10.9     Form of Imation Cash Balance Pension Plan.*

10.10    Form of Imation Excess Benefit Plan.*

10.11    Form of Imation 1996 Retirement Investment Plan.*

10.12    Form of Imation 1996 Director Stock Compensation Program.*

10.13    Commitment Letter, dated as of June __, 1996, among 3M, the Registrant,
         Citibank, N.A. and Citibank Securities, Inc.*

21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.*

* To be filed by amendment.

II-1

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

IMATION CORP.

                                          By  /s/ W.T. MONAHAN
                                           Name: W.T. Monahan
                                   Title:  Chief Executive Officer


Date: June 7, 1996

II-2

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                 DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE


 2.1     Transfer and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June ,
         1996, between Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company
         ("3M") and the Registrant.*

 3.1     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

 3.2     Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.

 4.1     Rights Agreement, dated as of June , 1996 between the
         Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights
         Agent.

 4.2     Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and
         Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
         of the Registrant.

10.1     Form of Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement, to be
         dated as of July 1, 1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.2     Form of Corporate Services Transition Agreement, to be
         dated as of July 1, 1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.3     Form of Environmental Matters Agreement to be dated as
         of July 1, 1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.4     Form of Intellectual Property Rights Agreement, to be
         dated as of July 1, 1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.5     Forms of Supply Agreement, to be dated as of July 1,
         1996 between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.6     Form of Lease Agreement to be dated as of July 1, 1996
         between 3M and the Registrant.*

10.7     Form of Employment Agreement, to be dated as of July 1,
         1996, between William T. Monahan and the Registrant.*

10.8     Form of Imation 1996 Employee Stock Incentive Program.*

10.9     Form of Imation Cash Balance Pension Plan.*

10.10    Form of Imation Excess Benefit Plan.*

10.11    Form of Imation 1996 Retirement Investment Plan.*

10.12    Form of Imation 1996 Director Stock Compensation
         Program.*

10.13    Commitment Letter, dated as of June , 1996, among 3M,
         the Registrant, Citibank, N.A. and Citibank Securities, Inc.*

21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.*

*To be filed by amendment.


RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF IMATION CORP.

The undersigned, W. T. Monahan and C. A. Bates certify that they are the Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, respectively, of Imation Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), and do hereby further certify as follows:

(1) The name of the Corporation is Imation Corp.

(2) The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated was "3M Information Processing, Inc." and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 26, 1996.

(3) This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by written consent of the sole voting stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, all in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(4) The text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as amended hereby is restated to read in its entirety, as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Imation Corp.

SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is: to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH: A. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which this Corporation shall have authority to issue is 125,000,000, consisting of 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share.

B. The designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the preferred stock and the common stock of the Corporation are as follows:

1. The preferred stock may be issued from time to time as shares of one or more series in any amount, not exceeding in the aggregate, including all shares of any and all series previously issued, the total number of shares of preferred stock hereinabove authorized. All shares of any one series of preferred stock shall rank equally and be identical, except as to the times from which cumulative dividends, if any, thereon shall be cumulative.

2. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby expressly authorized from time to time to issue preferred stock as preferred stock of any series, and in connection with the creation of each such series to fix by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of shares thereof, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, conditional, or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, of such series, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by laws of the State of Delaware, including, without limitation, the following matters:

(a) The designation of such series;

(b) The rate or amount and times at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, dividends shall be payable on shares of such series, the status of such dividends as cumulative or noncumulative, the date or dates from which dividends, if cumulative, shall accumulate, and the status of such series as participating or nonparticipating after the payment of dividends on shares which are entitled to any preference;

(c) The voting rights, if any, of shares of such series in addition to those required by law, which may be full, limited, multiple, fractional, or none, including any right to vote as a class either generally or in connection with any specified matter or matters;

(d) The amount, times, terms, and conditions, if any, upon which shares of such series shall be subject to redemption;

(e) The rights and preferences, if any, of the holders of shares of such series in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation;

(f) Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such series, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application; and

(g) Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation, and if made so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices, or the rates of exchange, and the adjustments, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made.

C. Except for and subject to those rights expressly granted to the holders of preferred stock, or any series thereof, by the Board of Directors, pursuant to the authority hereby vested in the Board or as provided by the laws of the State of Delaware, the holders of the Corporation's common stock shall have exclusively all rights of shareholders and shall possess exclusively all voting power. Each holder of common stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock standing in such holder's name on the books of the Corporation.

FIFTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SIXTH: In furtherance, and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

To make, alter, or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

To authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens upon the real and personal property of the Corporation.

To set apart out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and to abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

By a majority of the whole Board, to designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. The Bylaws may provide that in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether the member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution or Bylaws expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

When and as authorized by the stockholders in accordance with statute, to sell, lease, or exchange all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation, including its goodwill and its corporate franchises, upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration, which may consist in whole or in part of money or property, including shares of stock in, and/or other securities of, any other corporation or corporations, as its Board of Directors shall deem expedient and for the best interest of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH: This Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

NINTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If the majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

TENTH: A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the Board of Directors consisting of not less than three directors nor more than sixteen directors, the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The directors shall be divided, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, as determined by the Board of Directors, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 1997, the term of office of the second class to expire at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 1998, and the term of office of the third class to expire at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 1999 with each class of directors to hold office until their successors are duly elected and have qualified. At each Annual Meeting of Stockholders following such initial classification and election, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire at such annual meeting, other than those directors elected under particular circumstances by a separate class vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation having a preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation of the Corporation, shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and have qualified. When the number of directors is changed, any newly created directorships or any decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, as determined by the Board of Directors. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The provisions of this Paragraph are subject to the provisions of Paragraph D of this Article.

B. Except as may be provided in the terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation having a preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation of the Corporation relating to the rights of the holders of such class or series to elect, by separate class vote, additional directors, no member of the Board of Directors may be removed from office except for cause.

C. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph D of this Article TENTH, newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors of the Corporation and vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, removal, or any other reason shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, although less than a quorum, then remaining in office and elected by the holders of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or, in the event that there is only one such director, by such sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

D. In the event that the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation of the Corporation are entitled, by a separate class vote, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of such class or series, then the provisions of such class or series with respect to such rights of election shall apply to the election of such directors. The number of directors that may be elected by holders of any such class or series of stock shall be in addition to the number fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article TENTH. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the terms of such class or series, the number of directors that may be so elected by the holders of any such class or series of stock shall be elected for terms expiring at the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and without regard to the classification of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, and vacancies among directors so elected by the separate class vote of any such class or series of stock shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors elected by such class or series, or, if there are no such remaining directors, by the holders of such class or series in the same manner in which such class or series initially elected a director.

If at any meeting for the election of directors, more than one class of stock, voting separately as classes, shall be entitled to elect one or more directors and there shall be a quorum of only one such class of stock, that class of stock shall be entitled to elect its quota of directors notwithstanding absence of a quorum of the other class or classes of stock.

E. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of this Article TENTH may not be amended or repealed unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article as a single class.

ELEVENTH: Subject to any limitations imposed by this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any Bylaws made by the directors under the powers conferred hereby may be amended or repealed by the directors or by the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this Corporation (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), no provisions of the Bylaws shall be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders without an affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for the purposes of this Article as a single class.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH may not be amended or repealed unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article as a single class.

TWELFTH: No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of an action is specifically denied.

THIRTEENTH: A. In addition to the requirements of the provisions of any series of preferred stock which may be outstanding, and whether or not a vote of the stockholders is otherwise required, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of the common stock shall be required for the approval or authorization of any Business Transaction with a Related Person, or any Business Transaction in which a Related Person has an interest (other than only a proportionate interest as a stockholder of the Corporation); provided, however, that the eighty percent (80%) voting requirement shall not be applicable if (1) the Business Transaction is Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors, or (2) all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) the Business Transaction is a merger or consolidation or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, and the aggregate amount of cash to be received per share (on the date of effectiveness of such merger or consolidation or on the date of distribution to stockholders of the Corporation of the proceeds from such sale of assets) by holders of common Stock of the Corporation (other than such Related Person) in connection with such Business Transaction is at least equal in value to such Related Person's Highest Common Stock Purchase Price; and

(b) after such Related Person has become the Beneficial Owner of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the Voting Stock and prior to the consummation of such Business Transaction, such Related Person shall not have become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock or securities convertible into Voting Stock, except (i) as a part of the transaction which resulted in such Related Person becoming the Beneficial Owner of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the Voting Stock or (ii) as a result of a pro rata stock dividend or stock split; and

(c) prior to the consummation of such Business Transaction, such Related Person shall not have, directly or indirectly, (i) received the benefit (other than only a proportionate benefit as a stockholder of the Corporation) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial assistance or tax credits provided by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) caused any material change in the Corporation's business or equity capital structure, including, without limitation, the issuance of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, or (iii) except as Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors, caused the Corporation to fail to declare and pay (y) at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends on any outstanding preferred stock or (z) quarterly cash dividends on the outstanding common stock on a per share basis at least equal to the cash dividends being paid thereon by the Corporation immediately prior to the date on which the Related Person became a Related Person.

B. For the purpose of this Article THIRTEENTH:

1. The term "Business Transaction" shall mean (a) any merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation,
(b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), including, without limitation, a mortgage or any other security device, of all or any Substantial Part of the assets either of the Corporation or of a subsidiary of the Corporation, (c) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of an entity to the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation, (d) the issuance, sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) by the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation of any securities of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, (e) any recapitalization or reclassification of the securities of the Corporation (including, without limitation, any reverse stock split) or other transaction that would have the effect of increasing the voting power of a Related Person or reducing the number of shares of each class of Voting Stock outstanding, (f) any liquidation, spinoff, splitoff, splitup, or dissolution of the Corporation, and (g) any agreement, contract, or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in this definition of Business Transaction.

2. The term "Related Person" shall mean and include (a) any individual, corporation, partnership, group, association, or other person or entity which, together with its Affiliates and Associates, is the Beneficial Owner of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the Voting Stock or was the Beneficial Owner of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the Voting Stock (i) at the time the definitive agreement providing for the Business Transaction (including any amendment thereof) was entered into,
(ii) at the time a resolution approving the Business Transaction was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (iii) as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on, or consent to, the Business Transaction, and (b) any Affiliate or Associate of any such individual, corporation, partnership, group, association, or other person or entity; provided, however, and notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the term "Related Person" shall not include the Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, any employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or any trustee of, or fiduciary with respect to, any such plan when acting in such capacity, and shall not include Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company unless it satisfies the criteria to be a related person at any time after July 10, 1996.

3. The term "Beneficial Owner" shall be defined by reference to Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on July 1, 1996; provided, however, that any individual, corporation, partnership, group, association, or other person or entity which has the right to acquire any Voting Stock at any time in the future, whether such right is contingent or absolute, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed the Beneficial Owner of such Voting Stock.

4. The term "Highest Common Stock Purchase Price" shall mean the highest amount of consideration paid by such Related Person for a share of common stock of the Corporation (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, and soliciting dealers' fees) in the transaction which resulted in such Related Person becoming a Related Person or within one year prior to the date such Related Person became a Related Person, whichever is higher; provided, however, that the Highest Common Stock Purchase Price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any reclassification, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar corporate readjustment in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation between the last date upon which such Related Person paid the Highest Common Stock Purchase Price to the effective date of the merger or consolidation or the date of distribution to stockholders of the Corporation of the proceeds from the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation referred to in subparagraph
(2)(a) of Section A. of this Article THIRTEENTH.

5. The term "Substantial Part" shall mean more than five percent (5%) of the fair market value of the total assets of the entity in question, as reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such entity existing at the time the stockholders of the Corporation would be required to approve or authorize the Business Transaction involving the assets constituting any such Substantial Part.

6. The term "Voting Stock" shall mean all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for the purpose of this Article THIRTEENTH as one class.

7. The term "Continuing Director" shall mean a director who either was a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation on July 1, 1996 or who became a director of the Corporation subsequent to such date and whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors on the Board at the time of such nomination or election, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Corporation on behalf of the Board of Directors in which such person is named as nominee for director, without due objection to such nomination; provided, however, that in no event shall a director be considered a "Continuing Director" if such director is a Related Person and the Business Transaction to be voted upon is with such Related Person or is one in which such Related Person has an interest (other than only a proportionate interest as a stockholder of the Corporation).

8. The term "Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors" shall mean an action approved by the vote of at least a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board, except, if the votes of such Continuing Directors in favor of such action would be insufficient to constitute an act of the Board of Directors if a vote by all of its members were to have been taken, then such term shall mean an action approved by the unanimous vote of the Continuing Directors then on the Board so long as there are at least three Continuing Directors on the Board at the time of such unanimous vote.

9. The term "Affiliate," used to indicate a relationship to a specified person, shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person.

10. The term "Associate," used to indicate a relationship with a specified person, shall mean (a) any corporation, partnership, or other organization of which such specified person is an officer or partner, (b) any trust or other estate in which such specified person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such specified person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, (c) any relative or spouse of such specified person, or any relative of such spouse who has the same home as such specified person, or who is a director or officer of the Corporation or any of its parents or subsidiaries, and (d) any person who is a director, officer, or partner of such specified person or of any corporation (other than the Corporation or any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation), partnership or other entity which is an Affiliate of such specified person.

C. For the purpose of this Article THIRTEENTH, so long as Continuing Directors constitute at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall have the power to make a good faith determination, on the basis of information known to them, of: (1) the number of shares of Voting Stock of which any person is the Beneficial Owner, (2) whether a person is a Related Person or is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (3) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of Beneficial Owner herein, (4) whether the assets subject to any Business Transaction constitute a Substantial Part, (5) whether any Business Transaction is with a Related Person or is one in which a Related Person has an interest (other than only a proportionate interest as a stockholder of the Corporation), (6) whether a Related Person, has, directly or indirectly, received any benefits or caused any of the changes or caused the Corporation to fail to declare and pay any of the dividends referred to in subparagraph (2)(c) of Section A of this Article THIRTEENTH, and (7) such other matters with respect to which a determination is required under this Article THIRTEENTH; and such determination by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article THIRTEENTH.

D. Nothing contained in this Article THIRTEENTH shall be construed to relieve any Related Person of any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

E. The fact that any Business Transaction complies with the provisions of Section A. of this Article THIRTEENTH shall not be construed to impose any fiduciary duty, obligation, or responsibility on the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, to approve such Business Transaction or recommend its adoption or approval to the stockholders of the Corporation.

F. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH may not be repealed or amended in any respect, unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of the common stock.

FOURTEENTH: The liability of the Corporation's directors to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any repeal or modification of this Article FOURTEENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said IMATION CORP. has caused this certificate to be signed by W. T. Monahan, its Chief Executive Officer, and attested by C. A. Bates, its Secretary, this [__] day of [________], 1996.

IMATION CORP.

By___________________________
W. T. Monahan
Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:

By_____________________________
C. Bates
Secretary


IMATION CORP.

BYLAWS

As Amended June ____, 1996


ARTICLE I
SEAL

Section 1. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such date, time, and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in the notice of the meeting. An annual meeting shall be held for the election of directors, and any other proper business may be transacted thereat.

Section 2. The holders of a majority of each class of stock issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote thereat, present in person, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. For purposes of the foregoing, two or more classes or series of stock shall be considered a single class if the holders thereof are entitled to vote together as a single class at the meeting. In the absence of a quorum the stockholders so present may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided by Section 3 of Article II of these Bylaws until a quorum shall attend.

Section 3. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time and reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
(30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 4. At any meeting of the stockholders every stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person, or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three (3) years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. Unless otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to the powers conferred by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation.

Section 5. Written notice of the annual meeting which shall state the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock book of the Corporation, at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting and not more than sixty
(60) days prior to the meeting.

Section 6. No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within ten (10) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received before the later of the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs and the close of business on the day which is sixty (60) days prior to the date of the annual meeting.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section, provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the Chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 7. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at each meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, with the record address of each, and the number of voting shares held by each, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available for examination by any stockholder either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be so specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least ten (10) days before every meeting, and shall at all times during said meeting continue to be open to the examination of any stockholder.

Section 8. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes by the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of the Chairman of the Board or of a majority of the Board of Directors. Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the objects stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 9. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof, shall be mailed postage prepaid, at least ten (10) days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation.

Section 10. The Board of Directors shall appoint two persons as inspectors of election, to serve for one year or until their successors are chosen. The inspectors shall act at meetings of stockholders on elections of Directors and on all other matters voted upon by ballot.

If at the time of any meeting inspectors have not been appointed or if none, or only one, of the inspectors is present and willing to act, the Chairman of the Board shall appoint the required number of inspectors so that two inspectors shall be present and acting.

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

Section 1. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be duly amended from time to time) relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect, by separate class vote, additional directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be the number fixed from time to time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have, prior to any increase or decrease, if there were no vacancies. The persons receiving the votes of a plurality in amount of holders of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, considered as a single class, entitled to vote generally in the election of directors present at the meeting in person or by proxy shall be directors for the term prescribed by Article TENTH of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

Section 3. Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors of the Corporation and vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, removal, or any other reason shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, although less than a quorum, then remaining in office and elected by the holders of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or, in the event that there is only one such director, by such sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Section 4. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within ten (10) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received before the later of the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs and the close of business on the day which is sixty (60) days prior to the date of the annual meeting.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. If the Chairman of the annual meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 5. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. The Board of Directors may by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate an Executive Committee and one or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more Directors of the Corporation, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions or in these Bylaws, or unless otherwise prescribed by statute, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be stated in these Bylaws or as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.

Section 2. The committees of the Board of Directors shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board when required. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any absent or disqualified member.

ARTICLE V
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. The compensation of the Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD

Section 1. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined notice thereof need not be given.

Section 2. Special meetings of the Board may be held at any time or place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or by any two directors. Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the persons or persons calling the meeting.

Section 3. Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 4. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 5. Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 6. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. In case at any meeting of the Board a quorum shall not be present, the members of the Board present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall attend.

ARTICLE VII
OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its annual meeting, or if the case requires, at any other regular or special meeting; and shall be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President and a Secretary, and, if it so determines, one or more vice presidents, a Treasurer, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as the Board shall deem desirable. The same person may hold any two offices at the same time.

Section 2. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem desirable with such further designations and titles as it considers desirable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 3. The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Except as otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing any officer, each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board or to the Chairman or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein, no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The Board may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board at any regular or special meeting.

Section 5. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in these Bylaws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these Bylaws, and, to the extent so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board. The Board may require any officer, agent, or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

ARTICLE VIII
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall exhibit the holder's name and number of shares and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, or a vice president, and the Treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the Secretary or an assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may adopt the facsimile signature of any such officer as his or her signature and give to such facsimile the same force and effect as though it were written on the certificates of stock by such officer, and upon appointment of a Transfer Agent and Registrar any certificate bearing such facsimile signature when certified and registered by such Transfer Agent and Registrar shall be deemed duly signed, and unless and until changed by the Board, certificates in the form so adopted may be issued and delivered whether the said officer so signing and to be taken as so signing the same continue to be such officers or whether because of death, resignation, or otherwise they, or either of them, cease to be such officers.

ARTICLE IX
LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE

Section 1. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR

Section 1. The fiscal year shall begin on the first day of January in each year.

ARTICLE XI
NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever under the provisions of these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any Director, officer, or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given by any means or instrumentality reasonably designed for such purpose and permitted by law.

Section 2. Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or such person's testator or intestate is or was a Director, officer, or employee of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the Corporation any other enterprise as a director, officer, or employee.

Expenses incurred by any such person in defending any such action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Corporation promptly upon receipt by it of an undertaking of such person to repay such expenses if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation. The rights provided to any person by this
Section shall be enforceable against the Corporation by such person who shall be presumed to have relied upon it in serving or continuing to serve as a Director, officer, or employee. No amendment of this Section shall impair the rights of any person arising at any time with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment.

For purposes of this Section, the term "Corporation" shall include any predecessor of the Corporation and any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger; the term "other enterprise" shall include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or employee benefit plan; service "at the request of the Corporation" shall include service as a Director, officer, or employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Director, officer, or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participant or beneficiaries; any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan which such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation.

Section 2. The indemnification provided by these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled by any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

Section 3. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE XIII
INTERESTED DIRECTORS

Section 1. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested Directors, even though the disinterested Directors be less than a quorum; or
(ii) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved, or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE XIV
FORM OF RECORDS

Section 1. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs, or any other information storage device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.

ARTICLE XV
AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Subject to any limitations imposed by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend, or repeal these Bylaws. Any Bylaws made by the directors under the powers conferred by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended or repealed by the directors or by the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), no provisions of these Bylaws shall be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders without an affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for the purposes of this Section as a single class.


IMATION CORP.

and

NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.,

as Rights Agent

Rights Agreement

Dated as of June __, 1996

Table of Contents

Section Page

1.       Certain Definitions..............................................  1

2.       Appointment of Rights Agent......................................  5

3.       Issue of Rights Certificates.....................................  5

4.       Form of Rights Certificates......................................  7

5.       Countersignature and Registration................................  8

6.       Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Ex-
         change of Rights Certificates; Mutilated,
         Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certifcates.....................  9

7.       Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights.... 10

8.       Cancellation and Destruction of Rights
         Certificates..................................................... 13

9.       Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock.................... 14

10.      Preferred Stock Record Date...................................... 16

11.      Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and
         Kind of Shares or Number of Rights............................... 17

12.      Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or
         Number of Shares................................................. 28

13.      Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer
         of Assets or Earning Power....................................... 29

14.      Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.......................... 32

15.      Rights of Action................................................. 34

16.      Agreement of Rights Holders...................................... 35

17.      Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a
         Stockholder...................................................... 36

18.      Concerning the Rights Agent...................................... 36

19.      Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name
         of Rights Agent.................................................. 37

20.      Duties of Rights Agent........................................... 38

21.      Change of Rights Agent........................................... 40

22.      Issuance of New Rights Certificates.............................. 41

23.      Redemption and Termination....................................... 42

24.      Notice of Certain Events......................................... 43

25.      Notices.......................................................... 44

26.      Supplements and Amendments....................................... 45

27.      Successors....................................................... 46

28.      Determinations and Actions by the Board of
         Directors, etc................................................... 46

29.      Benefits of this Agreement....................................... 46

30.      Severability..................................................... 47

31.      Governing Law.................................................... 47

32.      Counterparts..................................................... 47

33.      Descriptive Headings............................................. 47

Exhibit A -- Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights

Exhibit B -- Form of Rights Certificate

Exhibit C -- Form of Summary of Rights

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of June __, 1996 (the "Agreement"), between Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., a national banking association (the "Rights Agent").

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, on June __, 1996 (the "Rights Dividend Declaration Date"), the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") outstanding at the close of business on June 28, 1996, which is the record date for the distribution of shares of Common Stock to shareholders of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company ("3M") (the "Record Date"), and has authorized the issuance of one Right (as such number may hereinafter be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(p) hereof) for each share of Common Stock of the Company issued between the Record Date (whether originally issued or delivered from the Company's treasury) and the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in Section 3 hereof) each Right initially representing the right to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") of the Company having the rights, powers and preferences set forth in the form of Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights attached hereto as Exhibit A, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (the "Rights");

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, but shall not include the Company, 3M, any Subsidiary of the Company or 3M, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Agent under the Distribution Agreement entered into between 3M and the Company on June 18, 1996.

(b) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement, (the "Exchange Act").

(c) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, and shall be deemed to "beneficially own," any securities:

(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," (A) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, or (B) securities issuable upon exercise of Rights at any time prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event, or (C) securities issuable upon exercise of Rights from and after the occurrence of a Triggering Event which Rights were acquired by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof (the "Original Rights") or pursuant to Section 11(i) hereof in connection with an adjustment made with respect to any Original Rights;

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as deter- mined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act), including pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any security under this subparagraph (ii) as a result of an agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security if such agreement, arrangement or understanding: (A) arises solely from a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable provisions of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not also then reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the proviso to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (c)) or disposing of any voting securities of the Company; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph (c) shall cause a person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any securities acquired through such person's participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.

(d) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the States of Minnesota or New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(e) "Close of business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., Minneapolis time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., Minneapolis time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(f) "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company, except that "Common Stock" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock of such Person with the greatest voting power, or the equity securities or other equity interest having power to control or direct the management, of such Person.

(g) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity.

(h) "Section 11(a)(ii) Event" shall mean any event described in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(i) "Section 13 Event" shall mean any event described in clauses (x), (y) or (z) of Section 13(a) hereof.

(j) "Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company, and, to the extent that there are not a sufficient number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock authorized to permit the full exercise of the Rights, any other series of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company designated for such purpose containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

(k) "Stock Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.

(l) "Subsidiary" shall mean, with reference to any Person, any corporation of which an amount of voting securities sufficient to elect at least a majority of the directors of such corporation is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or otherwise controlled by such Person.

(m) "Triggering Event" shall mean any Section
11(a)(ii) Event or any Section 13 Event.

Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall, prior to the Distribution Date, also be the holders of the Common Stock) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such Co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.

Section 3. Issue of Rights Certificates.

(a) Until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the close of business on the Record Date), or (ii) the close of business on the tenth business day (or such later date as the Board shall determine) after the date that a tender or exchange offer by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) is first published or sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, if upon consummation thereof, such Person would be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding (the earlier of (i) and (ii) being herein referred to as the "Distribution Date"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 3) by the certificates for the Common Stock registered in the names of the holders of the Common Stock (which certificates for Common Stock shall be deemed also to be certificates for Rights) and not by separate certificates, and (y) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the underlying shares of Common Stock (including a transfer to the Company). As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will send by first-class, insured, postage prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, one or more rights certificates, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Rights Certificates"), evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11(p) hereof, at the time of distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of and after the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights Certificates.

(b) Following the Record Date, the Company will make available a copy of a Summary of Rights, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the "Summary of Rights"), to each holder of the Common Stock which so requests a copy. With respect to certificates for the Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates for the Common Stock and the registered holders of the Common Stock shall also be the registered holders of the associated Rights. Until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof), the transfer of any certificates representing shares of Common Stock in respect of which Rights have been issued shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock.

(c) Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock which are issued (whether originally issued or from the Company's treasury) after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date. Certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights, and shall bear the following legend:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement between Imation Corp. (the "Company") and the Rights Agent thereunder (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal offices of Imation Corp. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. Imation Corp. will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement, as in effect on the date of mailing, without charge promptly after receipt of a written request therefor. Under certain circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to, or held by, any Person who is, was or becomes an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement), whether currently held by or on behalf of such Person or by any subsequent holder, may become null and void.

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date or (ii) the Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone and registered holders of Common Stock shall also be the registered holders of the associated Rights, and the transfer of any of such certificates shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates.

Section 4. Form of Rights Certificates.

(a) The Rights Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall each be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 and Section 22 hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the Record Date and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as shall be set forth therein at the price set forth therein (such exercise price per one one-hundredth of a share, the "Purchase Price"), but the amount and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

(b) Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by: (i) an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such, or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom such Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors of the Company has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect avoidance of Section 7(e) hereof, and any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 or Section 11 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain (to the extent feasible) the following legend:

The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate are or were beneficially owned by a Person who was or became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement). Accordingly, this Rights Certificate and the Rights represented hereby may become null and void in the circumstances specified in Section 7(e) of such Agreement.

Section 5. Countersignature and Registration.

(a) The Rights Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, and shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof which shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Rights Certificates shall be countersigned by the Rights Agent, either manually or by facsimile signature and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Rights Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Rights Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Rights Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Rights Certificates may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Rights Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

(b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its principal office or offices designated as the appropriate place for surrender of Rights Certificates upon exercise or transfer, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Rights Certificates and the date of each of the Rights Certificates.

Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certificates.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b),
Section 7(e) and Section 14 hereof, at any time after the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or, following a Triggering Event, Common Stock, other securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate or Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder (or former holder in the case of a transfer) to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights Certificate or Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 4(b), Section 7(e) and
Section 14 hereof, countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.

(b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificate if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered owner in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights.

(a) Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein including, without limitation, the restrictions on exercisability set forth in Section 9(c), Section 11(a)(iii) and
Section 23(a) hereof) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price with respect to the total number of one one-hundredths of a share (or other securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as to which such surrendered Rights are then exercisable, at or prior to the earlier of (i) the close of business on July 1, 2006, (the "Final Expiration Date"), or (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof (the earlier of (i) and (ii) being herein referred to as the "Expiration Date").

(b) The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $125, and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13(a) hereof and shall be payable in accordance with paragraph
(c) below.

(c) Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate duly executed, accompanied by payment, with respect to each Right so exercised, of the Purchase Price per one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (or other shares, securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) to be purchased as set forth below and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the shares of Preferred Stock (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent for such shares) certificates for the total number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company will direct the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) requisition from the Company the amount of cash, if any, to be paid in lieu of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder, and (iv) after receipt thereof, deliver such cash, if any, to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate. The payment of the Purchase Price (as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) shall be made in cash or by certified bank check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities (including Common Stock) of the Company, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate. The Company reserves the right to require prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event that, upon any exercise of Rights, a number of Rights be exercised so that only whole shares of Preferred Stock would be issued.

(d) In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent and delivered to, or upon the order of, the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder, subject to the provisions of
Section 14 hereof.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, from and after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such, or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors of the Company has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this
Section 7(e), shall become null and void without any further action and no holder of such Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to insure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) and Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Rights Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such exercise, and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates. All Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Rights Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Rights Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Rights Certificates to the Company.

Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock and/or other securities or out of its authorized and issued shares held in its treasury), the number of shares of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) that, as provided in this Agreement including Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

(b) So long as the shares of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) issuable and deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights may be listed on any national securities exchange, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

(c) The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the earliest date after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event on which the consideration to be delivered by the Company upon exercise of the Rights has been determined in accordance with Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), with respect to the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing, and
(iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities, and (B) the date of the expiration of the Rights. The Company will also take such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with, the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various states in connection with the exercisability of the Rights. The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 9(c), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. In addition, if the Company shall determine that a registration statement is required following the Distribution Date, the Company may temporarily suspend the exercisability of the Rights until such time as a registration statement has been declared effective. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction if the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall not have been obtained, the exercise thereof shall not be permitted under applicable law or a registration statement shall not have been declared effective.

(d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

(e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates and of any certificates for a number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of a number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) in respect of a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificates evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or deliver any certificates for a number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of the registered holder upon the exercise of any Rights until such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax is due.

Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date. Each person in whose name any certificate for a number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such fractional shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and all applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares (fractional or otherwise) on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number and kind of shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

(a)(i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Stock payable in shares of Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Stock, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a) and Section 7(e) hereof, the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive, upon payment of the Purchase Price then in effect, the aggregate number and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company were open, he or she would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 11(a)(i) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11(a)(i) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(ii) In the event that any Person shall, at any time after the Rights Dividend Declaration Date, become an Acquiring Person, unless the event causing such Person to become an Acquiring Person is a transaction set forth in Section 13(a) hereof, or is an acquisition of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a tender offer or an exchange offer for all outstanding shares of Common Stock at a price and on terms determined by at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not officers of the Company and who are not representatives, nominees, Affiliates or Associates of an Acquiring Person, after receiving advice from one or more investment banking firms, to be (a) at a price which is fair to stockholders (taking into account all factors which such members of the Board deem relevant including, without limitation, prices which could reasonably be achieved if the Company or its assets were sold on an orderly basis designed to realize maximum value) and (b) otherwise in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (hereinafter, an "Approved Offer"), then, promptly following the occurrence of any such event, proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right (except as provided below and in Section 7(e) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in lieu of a number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the then number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, and (y) dividing that product (which, following such first occurrence, shall thereafter be referred to as the "Purchase Price" for each Right and for all purposes of this Agreement) by 50% of the current market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of Common Stock on the date of such first occurrence (such number of shares, the "Adjustment Shares").

(iii) In the event that the number of shares of Common Stock which are authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated, but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii) of this Section
11(a), the Company shall (A) determine the value of the Adjustment Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the "Current Value"), and (B) with respect to each Right (subject to Section 7(e) hereof), make adequate provision to substitute for the Adjustment Shares, upon the exercise of a Right and payment of the applicable Purchase Price, (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Purchase Price, (3) Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares, or units of shares, of preferred stock, such as the Preferred Stock, which the Board has deemed to have essentially the same value or economic rights as shares of Common Stock (such shares of preferred stock being referred to as "Common Stock Equivalents")), (4) debt securities of the Company, (5) other assets, or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having an aggregate value equal to the Current Value (less the amount of any reduction in the Purchase Price), where such aggregate value has been determined by the Board based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board; provided, however, that if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the later of (x) the first occurrence of a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event and (y) the date on which the Company's right of redemption pursuant to Section 23(a) expires (the later of (x) and
(y) being referred to herein as the "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date"), then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, shares of Common Stock (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term "Spread" shall mean the excess of (i) the Current Value over (ii) the Purchase Price. If the Board determines in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional shares of Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date, in order that the Company may seek shareholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares (such thirty (30) day period, as it may be extended, is herein called the "Substitution Period"). To the extent that action is to be taken pursuant to the first and/or third sentences of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (1) shall provide, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights, and (2) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek such shareholder approval for such authorization of additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of each Adjustment Share shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the per share or per unit value of any Common Stock Equivalent shall be deemed to equal the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such date.

(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) calendar days after such record date) Preferred Stock (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the shares of Preferred Stock ("equivalent preferred stock")) or securities convertible into Preferred Stock or equivalent preferred stock at a price per share of Preferred Stock or per share of equivalent preferred stock (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Stock or equivalent preferred stock) less than the current market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of Preferred Stock on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of shares of Preferred Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock and/or equivalent preferred stock so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional shares of Preferred Stock and/or equivalent preferred stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible). In case such subscription price may be paid by delivery of consideration part or all of which may be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights. Shares of Preferred Stock owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for a distribution to all holders of Preferred Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation) of evidences of indebtedness, cash (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend out of the earnings or retained earnings of the Company), assets (other than a dividend payable in Preferred Stock, but including any dividend payable in stock other than Preferred Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the current market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of Preferred Stock on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to a share of Preferred Stock and the denominator of which shall be such current market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of Preferred Stock. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d) (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, other than computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Common Stock for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date, and for purposes of computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Common Stock for the ten
(10) consecutive Trading Days immediately following such date; provided, however, that in the event that the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Common Stock of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Common Stock payable in shares of such Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of such Common Stock (other than the Rights), or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Common Stock, and the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall not have occurred prior to the commencement of the requisite thirty (30) Trading Day or ten (10) Trading Day period, as set forth above, then, and in each such case, the Current Market Price shall be properly adjusted to take into account ex-dividend trading. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the shares of Common Stock are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Common Stock selected by the Board. If on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Common Stock, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board shall be used. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day. If the Common Stock is not publicly held or not so listed or traded, Current Market Price per share shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock shall be determined in the same manner as set forth above for the Common Stock in clause (i) of this
Section 11(d) (other than the last sentence thereof). If the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock cannot be determined in the manner provided above or if the Preferred Stock is not publicly held or listed or traded in a manner described in clause (i) of this Section 11(d), the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock shall be conclusively deemed to be an amount equal to 100 (as such number may be appropriately adjusted for such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock occurring after the date of this Agreement) multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock. If neither the Common Stock nor the Preferred Stock is publicly held or so listed or traded, Current Market Price per share of the Preferred Stock shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Current Market Price of a Unit shall be equal to the Current Market Price of one share of Preferred Stock divided by 100.

(e) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this
Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share of Common Stock or other share or one-millionth of a share of Preferred Stock, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three (3) years from the date of the transaction which mandates such adjustment, or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Preferred Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Stock contained in Sections 11(a), (b), (c), (e), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k) and (m), and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 hereof with respect to the Preferred Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest one-millionth) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of one one-hundredths of a share covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment, by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price, and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

(i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in lieu of any adjustment in the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after the adjustment in the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one-ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public announcement. If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section
11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Purchase Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price per one one-hundredth of a share and the number of one one-hundredth of a share which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below the then stated value, if any, of the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) or securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this
Section 11, as and to the extent that in their good faith judgment the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Stock, (ii) issuance wholly for cash of any shares of Preferred Stock at less than the current market price,
(iii) issuance wholly for cash of shares of Preferred Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Preferred Stock, (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Stock shall not be taxable to such stockholders.

(n) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date, (i) consolidate with any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), (ii) merge with or into any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), or (iii) sell or transfer (or permit any Subsidiary to sell or transfer), in one transaction, or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), if (x) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights or (y) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale, the shareholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(a) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates and Associates.

(o) The Company covenants and agrees that, after the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Section 23 or Section 26 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

(p) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the Company shall at any time after the Rights Dividend Declaration Date and prior to the Distribution Date (i) declare a dividend on the outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the number of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock then outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter but prior to the Distribution Date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the number of Rights thereafter associated with each share of Common Stock following any such event shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the number of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event.

Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 and Section 13 hereof, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) promptly file with the Rights Agent, and with each transfer agent for the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, a copy of such certificate, and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate (or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to each holder of a certificate representing shares of Common Stock) in accordance with Section 25 hereof. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained.

Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power.

(a) In the event that, following the Stock Acquisition Date, directly or indirectly, (x) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), and the Company shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger, (y) any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof) shall consolidate with, or merge with or into, the Company, and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger and, in connection with such consolidation or merger, all or part of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person or cash or any other property, or (z) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person or Persons (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), then, and in each such case (except as may be contemplated by Section 13(d) hereof), proper provision shall be made so that: (i) each holder of a Right, except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, non-assessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party (as such term is hereinafter defined), not subject to any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by (1) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right is exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event (or, if a Section 11(a)(ii) Event has occurred prior to the first occurrence of a
Section 13 Event, multiplying the number of such one one-hundredths of a share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such first occurrence), and dividing that product (which, following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event, shall be referred to as the "Purchase Price" for each Right and for all purposes of this Agreement) by (2) 50% of the current market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) hereof) per share of the Common Stock of such Principal Party on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event; (ii) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event; (iv) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; and (v) the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall be of no effect following the first occurrence of any Section 13 Event.

(b) "Principal Party" shall mean

(i) in the case of any transaction described in clause (x) or (y) of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the issuer of any securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are converted in such merger or consolidation, and if no securities are so issued, the Person that is the other party to such merger or consolidation; and

(ii) in the case of any transaction described in clause (z) of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions;

provided, however, that in any such case, (1) if the Common Stock of such Person is not at such time and has not been continuously over the preceding twelve (12) month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is and has been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person; and (2) in case such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Stocks of two or more of which are and have been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of the Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value.

(c) The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of authorized shares of its Common Stock which have not been issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing for the terms set forth in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this Section 13 and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of any consolidation, merger or sale of assets mentioned in paragraph
(a) of this Section 13, the Principal Party will

(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Act, with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to (A) become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B) remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the Expiration Date; and

(ii) will deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party and each of its Affiliates which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 under the Exchange Act.

The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. In the event that a Section 13 Event shall occur at any time after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter become exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a).

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Section 13 shall not be applicable to a transaction described in subparagraphs (x) and (y) of Section 13(a) if (i) such transaction is consummated with a Person or Persons who acquired shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Approved Offer (or a wholly owned subsidiary of any such Person or Persons), (ii) the price per share of Common Stock offered in such transaction is not less than the price per share of Common Stock paid to all holders of shares of Common Stock whose shares were purchased pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer and (iii) the form of consideration being offered to the remaining holders of shares of Common Stock pursuant to such transaction is the same as the form of consideration paid pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer. Upon consummation of any such transaction contemplated by this
Section 13(d), all Rights hereunder shall expire.

Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

(a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights, except prior to the Distribution Date as provided in
Section 11(p) hereof, or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For purposes of this
Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price of the Rights for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading, or if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock). In lieu of fractional shares of Preferred Stock that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock, the Company may pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock shall be one one-hundredth of the closing price of a share of Preferred Stock (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(ii) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

(c) Following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock. In lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company may pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one (1) share of Common Stock. For purposes of this Section 14(c), the current market value of one share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of one share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

(d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Rights expressly waives his or her right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right, except as permitted by this Section 14.

Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), may, in his or her own behalf and for his or her own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his or her right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations hereunder of any Person subject to this Agreement.

Section 16. Agreement of Rights Holders. Every holder of a Right by accepting the same consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the appropriate forms and certificates fully executed;

(c) subject to Section 6(a) and Section 7(f) hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent, subject to the last sentence of Section 7(e) hereof, shall be required to be affected by any notice to the contrary; and

(d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation; provided, however, the Company must use its best efforts to have any such order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as soon as possible.

Section 17. Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. No holder, as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 24 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent.

(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and disbursements and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.

(b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or certificate for Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.

Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.

(a) Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust or shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, however, that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of a predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the predecessor or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any Acquiring Person and the determination of "current market price") be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Rights Certificates or be required to verify the same (except as to its countersignature on such Rights Certificates), but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any adjustment required under the provisions of Section 11 or Section 13 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates after actual notice of any such adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights Certificate or as to whether any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock will, when so issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer.

(h) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct; provided, however, reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(k) If, with respect to any Right Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise of transfer without first consulting with the Company.

Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days' notice in writing mailed to the Company, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon thirty (30) days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Rights Certificate for inspection by the Company), then any registered holder of any Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of the State of New York or Minnesota (or of any other state of the United States so long as such entity is authorized to do business as a stock transfer agent or registrar), in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust and/or stock transfer powers and which, either alone or together with its Affiliates, has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

Section 22. Issuance of New Rights Certificates.

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Company (a) shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, granted or awarded as of the Distribution Date, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Company, and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, the Company shall be advised by counsel that such issuance would create a significant risk of material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued, and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

Section 23. Redemption and Termination.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth day following the Stock Acquisition Date (or, if the Stock Acquisition Date shall have occurred prior to the Record Date, the close of business on the tenth day following the Record Date), or (ii) the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right, as such amount may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable after the first occurrence of a Section
11(a)(ii) Event until such time as the Company's right of redemption hereunder has expired. The Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price in cash, shares of Common Stock (based on the "current market price", as defined in
Section 11(d)(i) hereof, of the Common Stock at the time of redemption) or any other form of consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for each Right so held. Promptly after the action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at each holder's last address as it appears upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

Section 24. Notice of Certain Events.

(a) In case the Company shall propose, at any time after the Distribution Date, (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of Preferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of Preferred Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend out of earnings or retained earnings of the Company), or (ii) to offer to the holders of Preferred Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional shares of Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, or (iii) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock), or (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), or (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, to the extent feasible and in accordance with Section 25 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the shares of Preferred Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock whichever shall be the earlier.

(b) In case any of the events set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall occur, then, in any such case, (i) the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, to the extent feasible and in accordance with Section 25 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, and (ii) all references in the preceding paragraph to Preferred Stock shall be deemed thereafter to refer to Common Stock and/or, if appropriate, other securities.

Section 25. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

Imation Corp.

1 Imation Place
Oakdale, Minnesota 55128
Attention: Corporate Secretary

Subject to the provisions of Section 21, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.

161 North Concord Exchange
South St. Paul, Minnesota 55075
Attention: Account Manager

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate (or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to the holder of certificates representing shares of Common Stock) shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

Section 26. Supplements and Amendments. Prior to the Distribution Date, the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend any provision of this Agreement without the ap- proval of any holders of certificates representing shares of Common Stock. From and after the Distribution Date, the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights Certificates in order (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, (iii) to shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder, or (iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights Certificates (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); provided, this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable, or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 26, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock.

Section 27. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

Section 28. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc. For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board or to the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend the Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights and all other parties, and (y) not subject the Board to any liability to the holders of the Rights.

Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, registered holders of the Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, registered holders of the Common Stock).

Section 30. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not expire until the close of business on the tenth day following the date of such determination by the Board of Directors.

Section 31. Governing Law. This Agreement, each Right and each Rights Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

Section 32. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

Attest:                                     IMATION CORP.


  By ____________________________           By ____________________________
     Name:                                     Name:
     Title:                                    Title:



Attest:                                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.


  By ____________________________           By ____________________________
     Name:                                     Name:
     Title:                                    Title:



                                                                       Exhibit A

FORM OF
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES
AND RIGHTS OF SERIES A JUNIOR
PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

of

Imation Corp.

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

The undersigned officers of Imation Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 thereof, DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

That pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation of the said Corporation, the said Board of Directors on June __, 1996 adopted the following resolution creating a series of 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock:

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation be and it hereby is created, and that the designation and amount thereof and the voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:

Section 1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 1,000,000.

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions.

(A) The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after June __, 1996 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (in each instance, other than any issuance or distribution of shares of Common Stock contemplated by the Transfer and Distribution Agreement being entered into between the Corporation and Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company (the "Distribution Agreement")), then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1.00 per share on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (in each instance, other than any issuance or distribution of shares of Common Stock contemplated by the Distribution Agreement), then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

(C) (i) If at any time dividends on any Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein called a "default period") which shall extend until such time when all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. During each default period, all holders of Preferred Stock (including holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock) with dividends in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, voting as a class, irrespective of series, shall have the right to elect two (2) Directors.

(ii) During any default period, such voting right of the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section 3(C) or at any annual meeting of stockholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of stockholders, provided that such voting right shall not be exercised unless the holders of ten percent (10%) in number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding shall be present in person or by proxy. The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of Preferred Stock of such voting right. At any meeting at which the holders of Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an existing default period, they shall have the right, voting as a class, to elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the Board of Directors as may then exist up to two (2) Directors or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two (2) Directors. If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by them of the required number. After the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors in any default period and during the continuance of such period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except by vote of the holders of Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

(iii) Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall, during an existing default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of series, may request, the calling of special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the President, a Vice-President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this Paragraph (C)(iii) shall be given to each holder of record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him or her at his or her last address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 20 days and not later than 60 days after such order or request or in default of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Paragraph (C)(iii), no such special meeting shall be called during the period within 60 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

(iv) In any default period, the holders of Common Stock, and other classes of stock of the Corporation if applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors until the holders of Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two (2) Directors voting as a class, after the exercise of which right (x) the Directors so elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue in office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided in Paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of stock which elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant. References in this Paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of stock shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Preferred Stock as a class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be such number as may be provided for in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

(D) Except as set forth herein, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

Section 4. Certain Restrictions.

(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not

(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock; or

(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under Paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. (A) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to 100 times the Exercise Price, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the "Series A Liquidation Preference"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph (C) below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

(B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

(C) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (in each instance, other than any issuance or distribution of shares of Common Stock contemplated by the Distribution Agreement), then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 8. No Redemption. The shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 9. Amendment. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

Section 10. Fractional Shares. Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holders fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed and subscribed this Certificate and do affirm the foregoing as true under the penalties of perjury this __th day of , 1996.

Imation Corp.


Name:


Title:

Attest:


Secretary

Exhibit B

[Form of Rights Certificate]

Certificate No. R- ________ Rights

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER JULY 1, 2006 OR EARLIER IF REDEEMED BY THE COMPANY. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, AT $0.01 PER RIGHT ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID. [THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN
SECTION 7(e) OF SUCH AGREEMENT.](1)

- ----------
1        The portion of the legend in brackets shall be inserted only if
         applicable and shall replace the preceding sentence.

Rights Certificate

Imation Corp.

This certifies that ______________, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of June __, 1996 (the "Rights Agreement"), between Imation Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., a national banking association (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time prior to 5:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) on July 1, 2006 at the office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or its successors as Rights Agent, one one-hundredth of a fully paid, non-assessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") of the Company, at a purchase price of $125 per one one-hundredth of a share (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase and related Certificate duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of shares which may be purchased upon exercise thereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price per share set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of June 28, 1996 based on the Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. The Company reserves the right to require prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) that a number of Rights be exercised so that only whole shares of Preferred Stock will be issued.

Upon the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement), if the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement), (ii) a transferee of any such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, or (iii) under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, a transferee of a person who, after such transfer, became an Acquiring Person, or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person, such Rights shall become null and void and no holder hereof shall have any right with respect to such Rights from and after the occurrence of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event.

As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or other securities, which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events, including Triggering Events.

This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Rights Certificates, which limitations of rights include the temporary suspension of the exercisability of such Rights under the specific circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the above-mentioned office of the Rights Agent and are also available upon written request to the Rights Agent.

This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as the Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate may be redeemed by the Company at its option at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right at any time prior to the earlier of the close of business on (i) the tenth day following the Stock Acquisition Date (as such time period may be extended pursuant to the Rights Agreement), and (ii) the Final Expiration Date.

No fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.

No holder of this Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of shares of Preferred Stock or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or, to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal.

Dated as of              ,


ATTEST:                                              Imation Corp.


____________________                                 By_______________________
    Secretary                                          Title:

Countersigned:

Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.

By______________________
Authorized Signature

[Form of Reverse Side of Rights Certificate]

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED
hereby sells, assigns and transfer unto


(Please print name and address of transferee)

this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _________________ Attorney, to transfer the within Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated: ___________________, 19__


Signature

Signature Guaranteed:


Certificate

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned and transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated: __________________, 19__ ______________________________________ Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

NOTICE

The signature to the foregoing Assignment and Certificate must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE
(To be executed if holder desires to

exercise Rights represented by the Rights Certificate.)

To: Imation Corp.:

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise __________ Rights represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights (or such other securities of the Company or of any other person which may be issuable upon the exercise of the Rights) and requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number


(Please print name and address)



If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number


(Please print name and address)



Dated: _______________, 19__

Signature

Signature Guaranteed:


Certificate

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate [ ] are [ ] are not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated: ___________, 19__                        ________________________________
                                                Signature


Signature Guaranteed:
________________________

NOTICE

The signature to the foregoing Election to Purchase and Certificate must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

Exhibit C

DETAILED SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE
SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

On June __, 1996, the Board of Directors of Imation Corp. (the "Company") adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan, providing that one Right shall be attached to each share of Common Stock of the Company. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company a unit (a "Unit") consisting of one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), at a Purchase Price of $125 per Unit (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in the Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement"), dated as of June __, 1996, between the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent").

Initially, the Rights will be attached to all Common Stock certificates representing shares then outstanding, and no separate Rights Certificate will be distributed. The Rights will separate from the Common Stock and a Distribution Date will occur upon the earlier of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring Person") has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Stock Acquisition Date") or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by the Board of Directors) following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group beneficially owning 15% or more of such outstanding shares of Common Stock. Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be evidenced by the Common Stock certificates and will be transferred with and only with such Common Stock certificates, (ii) new Common Stock certificates will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference and (iii) the surrender for transfer of any certificates for Common Stock outstanding will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificate.

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will expire at the close of business on July 1, 2006 unless earlier redeemed or extended by the Company as described below.

As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, Rights Certificates will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and, thereafter, the separate Rights Certificates alone will represent the Rights.

In the event that a person becomes an Acquiring Person (except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding shares of the Company, at a price determined by a majority of the independent Directors of the Company who are not representatives, nominees, Affiliates or Associates of an Acquiring Person to be fair and otherwise in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders after receiving advice from one or more investment banking firms (an "Approved Offer")), each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, Common Stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the Company), having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, following the occurrence of any of the events set forth in this paragraph (the "Flip-In Events"), all Rights that are, or (under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person will be null and void. However, Rights are not exercisable following the occurrence of any of the Flip-In Events set forth above until such time as the Rights are no longer redeemable by the Company as set forth below.

In the event that following the Stock Acquisition Date, (i) the Company engages in a merger or business combination transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger consummated pursuant to an Approved Offer); (ii) the Company engages in a merger or business combination transaction in which the Company is the surviving corporation and the Common Stock of the Company is changed or exchanged; or (iii) 50% or more of the Company's assets or earning power is sold or transferred, each holder of a Right (except Rights which have previously been voided as set forth above) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise of the Right, Common Stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price of the Right.

At any time until 10 days following the Stock Acquisition Date, the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.01 per Right. Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering redemption of the Rights, the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the $0.01 redemption price.

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of the Rights will not be taxable to stockholders or to the Company, stockholders may, depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income in the event that the Rights become exercisable for Common Stock (or other consideration) of the Company as set forth above.

Any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the Distribution Date. After the Distribution Date, the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board in order to cure any ambiguity, to make changes which do not adversely affect the interests of holders of Rights (excluding the interest of any Acquiring Person), or to shorten or lengthen any time period under the Rights Agreement; provided, however, that no amendment to adjust the time period governing redemption shall be made at such time as the Rights are not redeemable.

A copy of the Rights Agreement is being filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to a Registration Statement on Form 10 filed by the Company. A copy of the Rights Agreement is available free of charge from the Company. This Summary Description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference.


FORM OF
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES
AND RIGHTS OF SERIES A JUNIOR
PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

of

Imation Corp.

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

The undersigned officers of Imation Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 thereof, DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

That pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation of the said Corporation, the said Board of Directors on June __, 1996 adopted the following resolution creating a series of 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock:

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation be and it hereby is created, and that the designation and amount thereof and the voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:

Section 1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 1,000,000.

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions.

(A) The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after June __, 1996 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (in each instance, other than any issuance or distribution of shares of Common Stock contemplated by the Transfer and Distribution Agreement being entered into between the Corporation and Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company (the "Distribution Agreement")), then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1.00 per share on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (in each instance, other than any issuance or distribution of shares of Common Stock contemplated by the Distribution Agreement), then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

(C) (i) If at any time dividends on any Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein called a "default period") which shall extend until such time when all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. During each default period, all holders of Preferred Stock (including holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock) with dividends in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, voting as a class, irrespective of series, shall have the right to elect two (2) Directors.

(ii) During any default period, such voting right of the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section 3(C) or at any annual meeting of stockholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of stockholders, provided that such voting right shall not be exercised unless the holders of ten percent (10%) in number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding shall be present in person or by proxy. The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of Preferred Stock of such voting right. At any meeting at which the holders of Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an existing default period, they shall have the right, voting as a class, to elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the Board of Directors as may then exist up to two (2) Directors or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two (2) Directors. If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by them of the required number. After the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors in any default period and during the continuance of such period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except by vote of the holders of Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

(iii) Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall, during an existing default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of series, may request, the calling of special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the President, a Vice-President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this Paragraph (C)(iii) shall be given to each holder of record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him or her at his or her last address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 20 days and not later than 60 days after such order or request or in default of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Paragraph (C)(iii), no such special meeting shall be called during the period within 60 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

(iv) In any default period, the holders of Common Stock, and other classes of stock of the Corporation if applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors until the holders of Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two (2) Directors voting as a class, after the exercise of which right (x) the Directors so elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue in office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided in Paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of stock which elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant. References in this Paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of stock shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Preferred Stock as a class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be such number as may be provided for in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

(D) Except as set forth herein, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

Section 4. Certain Restrictions.

(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not

(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock; or

(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under Paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. (A) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to 100 times the Exercise Price, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the "Series A Liquidation Preference"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph (C) below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

(B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

(C) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (in each instance, other than any issuance or distribution of shares of Common Stock contemplated by the Distribution Agreement), then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 8. No Redemption. The shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 9. Amendment. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

Section 10. Fractional Shares. Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holders fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed and subscribed this Certificate and do affirm the foregoing as true under the penalties of perjury this __th day of _______________, 1996.

Imation Corp.


Name:


Title:

Attest:


Secretary